mohsintahir · April 17, 2019 16:27
diff --git a/missing-start-feed b/missing-start-feed
 This XML file does not appear to have any style information associated with it. The document tree is shown below.
 <rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" version="2.0">
 <script type="text/javascript" charset="utf-8" id="zm-extension"/>
 <channel>
 <ttl>1440</ttl>
 <title>Going Linux</title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com</link>
 <description>
 Once you become aware that there is a dependable, secure, capable, and modern computer system that rivals all others in popularity and actual use, you will want to try the Linux operating system on your computer. Perhaps you've been using a member of the Unix/Linux family - Linux, Android, ChromeOS, BSD or even OSX - for quite a while. If so, you are likely looking for new ways to optimize your technology for the way you work. Going Linux is for computer users who just want to use Linux to get things done. Are you new to Linux, upgrading from Windows to Linux, or just thinking about moving to Linux? This audio podcast provides you with practical, day-to-day advice on how to use Linux and its applications. Our goal is to help make the Linux experience easy for you.
 </description>
 <language>en-us</language>
 <pubDate>Sun, 14 Apr 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <copyright>
 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
 </copyright>
 <docs>http://blogs.law.harvard.edu/tech/rss</docs>
 <managingEditor>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</managingEditor>
 <webMaster>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</webMaster>
 <category>Podcasts</category>
 <generator>pluma Text Editor</generator>
 <itunes:subtitle>
 Going Linux | Learn how to use Linux and its applications | Move from Windows to Ubuntu, Mint or other Linux operating systems
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:author>Larry Bushey and Bill Smith</itunes:author>
 <itunes:summary>
 Once you become aware that there is a dependable, secure, capable, and modern computer system that rivals all others in popularity and actual use, you will want to try the Linux operating system on your computer. Perhaps you've been using a member of the Unix/Linux family - Linux, Android, ChromeOS, BSD or even OSX - for quite a while. If so, you are likely looking for new ways to optimize your technology for the way you work. Going Linux is for computer users who just want to use Linux to get things done. Are you new to Linux, upgrading from Windows to Linux, or just thinking about moving to Linux? This audio podcast provides you with practical, day-to-day advice on how to use Linux and its applications. Our goal is to help make the Linux experience easy for you.
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:owner>
 <itunes:name>Larry Bushey</itunes:name>
 <itunes:email>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</itunes:email>
 </itunes:owner>
 <itunes:image href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <itunes:category text="Technology">
 <itunes:category text="Software How-To"/>
 </itunes:category>
 <image>
 <url>http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.png</url>
 <title>Going Linux</title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com</link>
 </image>
 <itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit>
 <itunes:block>no</itunes:block>
 <itunes:keywords>technology,education,how,to,linux</itunes:keywords>
 <atom:link xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" rel="self" href="http://goinglinux.com/mp3podcast.xml" type="application/rss+xml"/>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp366</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu 00:15 Introduction 00:53 What happened to MX Linux? 05:08 MeWe adoption results 09:18 Looking at Kubuntu 11:47 Important features 13:43 Vaults 17:09 Kubuntu as a distribution 17:58 Installation 24:09 Bill blames the minions 25:17 The workflow that works for you 25:59 Basic requirements to adopt Linux 26:33 Modest hardware requirements 32:17 Overall: 'Like' 33:40 Distro hopping can help you find the right Linux for the way you work 36:54 Long-term support with no forced upgrades 41:18 You can use Kubuntu to get things done 43:00 Recommended for switchers from Windows 43:37 For switchers from macOs 47:36 Install and start using vs. install and tweak to your way of working 50:17 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:18 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="37081088" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp366/glp366.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp366/glp366.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 14 Apr 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 51:18 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We revisit Kubuntu, provide Bill's observations, go off the rails a bit, and somehow end up back at Ubuntu MATE. </b> <br> <p><u>Episode 366 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:53 What happened to MX Linux? <br> 05:08 MeWe adoption results <br> 09:18 Looking at Kubuntu <br> 11:47 Important features <br> 13:43 Vaults <br> 17:09 Kubuntu as a distribution <br> 17:58 Installation <br> 24:09 Bill blames the minions <br> 25:17 The workflow that works for you <br> 25:59 Basic requirements to adopt Linux <br> 26:33 Modest hardware requirements <br> 32:17 Overall: 'Like' <br> 33:40 Distro hopping can help you find the right Linux for the way you work <br> 36:54 Long-term support with no forced upgrades <br> 41:18 You can use Kubuntu to get things done <br> 43:00 Recommended for switchers from Windows <br> 43:37 For switchers from macOs <br> 47:36 Install and start using vs. install and tweak to your way of working <br> 50:17 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 51:18 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #366 · Revisiting Kubuntu"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:53" title="What happened to MX Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:08" title="MeWe adoption results "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:18" title="Looking at Kubuntu "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:47" title="Important features "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:43" title="Vaults "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:09" title="Kubuntu as a distribution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:58" title="Installation "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:09" title="Bill blames the minions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:17" title="The workflow that works for you "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:59" title="Basic requirements to adopt Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:33" title="Modest hardware requirements "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:17" title="Overall: 'Like' "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:40" title="Distro hopping can help you find the right Linux for the way you work "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:54" title="Long-term support with no forced upgrades "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:18" title="You can use Kubuntu to get things done "/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:00" title="Recommended for switchers from Windows "/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:37" title="For switchers from macOs "/>
 <psc:chapter start="47:36" title="Install and start using vs. install and tweak to your way of working"/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:17" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp365</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:59 Bill tries even more distros 09:01 Our official new community and chat room is MeWe 13:05 Donations 16:40 George from Tulsa: More Windows tales 20:05 Carl: A question for the wise minions and the masters 30:15 Roger: Ubuntu MATE and printer paperweights 33:23 George: Suggested Linux printer 39:01 Gord: More comments on printers 40:48 Tony H from the MintCast: Quality podcast audio 44:02 NZ17: Help for a hero 49:40 Michael: Problems installing the Software Center 54:22 MX Linux 54:53 Podnutz 57:21 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 58:43 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="42420224" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp365/glp365.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp365/glp365.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 20 Mar 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 58:43 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We hear from George about Windows and printers. Roger and Gord also comment on printers. Many questions as always, and a report of problems installing the Software Center. </b> <br> <p><u>Episode 365 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:59 Bill tries even more distros <br> 09:01 Our official new community and chat room is MeWe <br> 13:05 Donations <br> 16:40 George from Tulsa: More Windows tales <br> 20:05 Carl: A question for the wise minions and the masters <br> 30:15 Roger: Ubuntu MATE and printer paperweights <br> 33:23 George: Suggested Linux printer <br> 39:01 Gord: More comments on printers <br> 40:48 Tony H from the MintCast: Quality podcast audio <br> 44:02 NZ17: Help for a hero <br> 49:40 Michael: Problems installing the Software Center <br> 54:22 MX Linux <br> 54:53 Podnutz <br> 57:21 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 58:43 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #365 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:59" title="Bill tries even more distros"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:01" title="Our official new community and chat room is MeWe"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:05" title="Donations"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:40" title="George from Tulsa: More Windows tales"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:05" title="Carl: A question for the wise minions and the masters"/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:15" title="Roger: Ubuntu MATE and printer paperweights"/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:23" title="George: Suggested Linux printer"/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:01" title="Gord: More comments on printers"/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:48" title="Tony H from the MintCast: Quality podcast audio"/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:02" title="NZ17: Help for a hero"/>
 <psc:chapter start="49:40" title="Michael: Problems installing the Software Center"/>
 <psc:chapter start="54:22" title="MX Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="54:53" title="Podnutz"/>
 <psc:chapter start="57:21" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp364</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms 00:15 Introduction 01:01 Experimenting with MeWe 07:52 The Linux 'Back to Basics' series 09:33 Free: Freedon vs. no charge 13:21 Operating system 18:04 Distribution 19:36 Desktop environment 22:47 Application, Package, and Repository 26:00 Richard Stallman 27:05 Linux Torvalds 27:46 Where to get started 31:38 Distrowatch.com 34:50 Future Back to Basics episodes 36:20 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:18 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="27000832" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp364/glp364.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp364/glp364.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 05 Mar 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 37:18 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Today we define some basic terms used in the Linux and Open Source community. This is the first in a series of 'back to basics' episodes in which we will update the information we've been providing over the past 12 years. We also want to ensure that we continue to provide a reference for Linux users to use as a reference when using Linux for their day-to-day computing needs. </b> <br> <p><u>Episode 364 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:01 Experimenting with MeWe <br> 07:52 The Linux 'Back to Basics' series <br> 09:33 Free: Freedon vs. no charge <br> 13:21 Operating system <br> 18:04 Distribution <br> 19:36 Desktop environment <br> 22:47 Application, Package, and Repository <br> 26:00 Richard Stallman <br> 27:05 Linux Torvalds <br> 27:46 Where to get started <br> 31:38 Distrowatch.com <br> 34:50 Future Back to Basics episodes <br> 36:20 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 37:18 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #364 · Back to Basics - Definition of Terms"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:01" title="Experimenting with MeWe"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:52" title="The Linux 'Back to Basics' series"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:33" title="Free: Freedon vs. no charge"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:21" title="Operating system"/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:04" title="Distribution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:36" title="Desktop environment"/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:47" title="Application, Package, and Repository "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:00" title="Richard Stallman"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:05" title="Linux Torvalds"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:46" title="Where to get started"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:38" title="Distrowatch.com"/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:50" title="Future Back to Basics episodes"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:20" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp363</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:33 Michael: Provided us with a recording 05:33 Michael: The Slint distribution 08:04 David: Why he does not upgrade Linux Mint - and it's not why we thought! 09:47 Michael: Software Boutique is not accessible 16:20 Skip: An application for 'run your business on Linux' 18:14 Roger: Greetings from down under 24:38 Paul: Known audio issues on Discord 26:23 Mike: Printers for Mint 31:02 Juan expresses 'Much gratitude!!!!' 35:24 Daniel: Security patches 38:26 Mike: Loving Linux 39:39 Heath: Google Minus 40:36 NZ17: Synchronize your microphones 42:21 Tony from the mintCast: Requesting 'Value Added Extras' 48:18 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 52:29 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="37933056" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp363/glp363.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp363/glp363.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 20 Feb 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 52:29 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We reveal the new application for our Community. Our listeners commend on Mint, Slint, and print. We receive greetings, gratitude, and Google. Even more. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 363 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:33 Michael: Provided us with a recording <br> 05:33 Michael: The Slint distribution <br> 08:04 David: Why he does not upgrade Linux Mint - and it's not why we thought! <br> 09:47 Michael: Software Boutique is not accessible <br> 16:20 Skip: An application for 'run your business on Linux' <br> 18:14 Roger: Greetings from down under <br> 24:38 Paul: Known audio issues on Discord <br> 26:23 Mike: Printers for Mint <br> 31:02 Juan expresses 'Much gratitude!!!!' <br> 35:24 Daniel: Security patches <br> 38:26 Mike: Loving Linux <br> 39:39 Heath: Google Minus <br> 40:36 NZ17: Synchronize your microphones <br> 42:21 Tony from the mintCast: Requesting 'Value Added Extras' <br> 48:18 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 52:29 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #363 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:33" title="Michael: Provided us with a recording"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:33" title="Michael: The Slint distribution"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:04" title="David: Why he does not upgrade Linux Mint - and it's not why we thought!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:47" title="Michael: Software Boutique is not accessible"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:20" title="Skip: An application for 'run your business on Linux'"/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:14" title="Roger: Greetings from down under"/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:38" title="Paul: Known audio issues on Discord"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:23" title="Mike: Printers for Mint"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:02" title="Juan expresses 'Much gratitude!!!!'"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:24" title="Daniel: Security patches"/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:26" title="Mike: Loving Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:39" title="Heath: Google Minus"/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:36" title="NZ17: Synchronize your microphones"/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:21" title="Tony from the mintCast: Requesting 'Value Added Extras'"/>
 <psc:chapter start="48:18" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp362</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3 00:15 Introduction 02:33 GNUCash 03:23 Apache OFBiz 04:29 LedgerSMB 06:29 hledger 09:10 Xero 11:19 Invoice Ninja 12:52 Quicken 2004 running in WINE 14:45 Skrooge 15:17 MoneyDance 16:17 KMyMoney 22:12 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 23:11 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="16836608" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp362/glp362.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp362/glp362.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 23:11 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>In this episode, we thought we'd provide some more ideas around software for every business. Accounting software. If you are running a small business and you are doing the bookkeeping yourself, you will likely quickly run into the need for ensuring that you keep track of your incoming revenue, your outgoing expenses, payroll, and other things related to money. Having to license or purchase accounting software, especially for starting businesses, is expensive. This episode will provide with a few things you can try out at no risk and at no charge to keep track of your business (and personal) finances. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 362 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3 <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 02:33 GNUCash <br> 03:23 Apache OFBiz <br> 04:29 LedgerSMB <br> 06:29 hledger <br> 09:10 Xero <br> 11:19 Invoice Ninja <br> 12:52 Quicken 2004 running in WINE<br> 14:45 Skrooge <br> 15:17 MoneyDance <br> 16:17 KMyMoney <br> 22:12 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 23:11 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #362 · Run your business on Linux - Part 3"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:33" title="GNUCash"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:23" title="Apache OFBiz"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:29" title="LedgerSMB"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:29" title="hledger"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:10" title="Xero"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:19" title="Invoice Ninja"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:52" title="Quicken 2004 running in WINE"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:45" title="Skrooge"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:17" title="MoneyDance"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:17" title="KMyMoney"/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:12" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp361</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:33 Making Linux install media from Windows without getting infected with malware 07:29 Primitive One: Gaming recommendations 18:50 Angelo: Compiling slint 21:15 James: A possilbe MATE Tweak solution 24:02 David: Mint upgrades 29:25 George: Mike Tech Show needs Invoice Ninja 31:25 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN 34:27 Angelo: Learning Python 35:08 Highlander: Seize control 37:53 Ken: About episode 358 41:01 Ian: G+ alternative 43:43 Joshua: About episode 358 46:14 Rainy: G+ Alternative 46:52 George: Winders!!! 55:09 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 57:32 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="41568256" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp361/glp361.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp361/glp361.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 20 Jan 2019 00:00:03 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 57:32 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>More on accessibility in Linux, solutions for other listeners, and why I moved from Windows to Linux. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 361 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:33 Making Linux install media from Windows without getting infected with malware <br> 07:29 Primitive One: Gaming recommendations <br> 18:50 Angelo: Compiling slint <br> 21:15 James: A possilbe MATE Tweak solution <br> 24:02 David: Mint upgrades <br> 29:25 George: Mike Tech Show needs Invoice Ninja <br> 31:25 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN <br> 34:27 Angelo: Learning Python <br> 35:08 Highlander: Seize control <br> 37:53 Ken: About episode 358 <br> 41:01 Ian: G+ alternative <br> 43:43 Joshua: About episode 358 <br> 46:14 Rainy: G+ Alternative <br> 46:52 George: Winders!!! <br> 55:09 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 57:32 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #361 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:33" title="Making Linux install media from Windows without getting infected with malware "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:29" title="Primitive One: Gaming recommendations "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:50" title="Angelo: Compiling slint "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:15" title="James: A possilbe MATE Tweak solution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:02" title="David: Mint upgrades "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:25" title="George: Mike Tech Show needs Invoice Ninja "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:25" title="Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:27" title="Angelo: Learning Python "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:08" title="Highlander: Seize control "/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:53" title="Ken: About episode 358 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:01" title="Ian: G+ alternative "/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:43" title="Joshua: About episode 358 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:14" title="Rainy: G+ Alternative "/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:52" title="George: Winders!!! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="55:09" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp360</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2 00:15 Introduction 01:26 Thank you! 04:30 Software for simple writing 05:52 Linux software for electronic books 10:30 Linux software for illustrating your document 14:08 Advanced image creation and editing for Linux 22:12 Collaboration software for writers using Linux 29:57 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 31.03 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="22501376" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp360/glp360.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp360/glp360.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 05 Jan 2019 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 31:03 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>In this episode, we mention some software that you might want to look at if you write for a living. These might be such jobs as a copywriter, an author of novels, or a creator of technical articles for publication in an online magazine. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 360 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2 <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:26 Thank you! <br> 04:30 Software for simple writing <br> 05:52 Linux software for electronic books <br> 10:30 Linux software for illustrating your document <br> 14:08 Advanced image creation and editing for Linux <br> 22:12 Collaboration software for writers using Linux <br> 29:57 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 31.03 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #360 · Run your business on Linux - Part 2"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:26" title="Thank you!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:30" title="Software for simple writing"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:52" title="Linux software for electronic books"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:30" title="Linux software for illustrating your document"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:08" title="Advanced image creation and editing for Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:12" title="Collaboration software for writers using Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:57" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp359</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:10 Myer: Gone Linux Voice Mail 05:37 Joey: Awesome podcast 10:03 Michael: Learning Python programming 13:27 Michael: Comments on Episode 342 16:26 Angelo: Additional comments 16:47 John: Snap Packages 20:39 Sean: 3 topics of feedback 25:03 Michael: Listening to podcasts in Rhythmbox 27:31 Tim: Info on Acer SB111-32N 32:43 Sergio: Greetings from South America 35:36 Stefan: Used applications 37:22 Andy: Gone Linux with Linux Mint 19 39:54 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 40:51 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="29556736" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp359/glp359.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp359/glp359.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 20 Dec 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 40:51 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We provide recommendations on Linux computers pre-installed with Linux. We also have two "Gone Linux" stories, recommendations on learning the terminal and learning python, some comments on Snap packages, suggestions on listening in Rythmbox, and information on where to purchase Linux distribution media. And more, of course. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 359 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:10 Myer: Gone Linux Voice Mail <br> 05:37 Joey: Awesome podcast <br> 10:03 Michael: Learning Python programming <br> 13:27 Michael: Comments on Episode 342 <br> 16:26 Angelo: Additional comments <br> 16:47 John: Snap Packages <br> 20:39 Sean: 3 topics of feedback <br> 25:03 Michael: Listening to podcasts in Rhythmbox <br> 27:31 Tim: Info on Acer SB111-32N <br> 32:43 Sergio: Greetings from South America <br> 35:36 Stefan: Used applications <br> 37:22 Andy: Gone Linux with Linux Mint 19<br> 39:54 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 40:51 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #359 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:10" title="Myer: Gone Linux Voice Mail"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:37" title="Joey: Awesome podcast"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:03" title="Michael: Learning Python programming"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:27" title="Michael: Comments on Episode 342"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:26" title="Angelo: Additional comments"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:47" title="John: Snap Packages"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:39" title="Sean: 3 topics of feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:03" title="Michael: Listening to podcasts in Rhythmbox"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:31" title="Tim: Info on Acer SB111-32N"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:43" title="Sergio: Greetings from South America"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:36" title="Stefan: Used applications"/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:22" title="Andy: Gone Linux with Linux Mint 19"/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:54" title="goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe "/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:00" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp358</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:46 Paul: Boot Partition Saga Audio Feedback 09:00 Greg: A minion response for Paul 12:16 Sergio: G+ alternatives and gaming tip 16:11 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN 19:17 Don: Feedback on moving to Linux 32:20 John: Problems installing Ubuntu MATE 38:29 Troy: Suggestion for forums 39:26 Troy: Windows for business 52:10 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 53:10 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="38424576" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp358/glp358.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp358/glp358.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 05 Dec 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 53:10 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>This month we have voice feedback from Paul, suggestions on alternatives for G+, a question on OpenVPN, feedback and problems moving to Linux. Troy provides a Going Linux story on software for Linux users. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 358 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:46 Paul: Boot Partition Saga Audio Feedback <br> 09:00 Greg: A minion response for Paul <br> 12:16 Sergio: G+ alternatives and gaming tip <br> 16:11 Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN <br> 19:17 Don: Feedback on moving to Linux <br> 32:20 John: Problems installing Ubuntu MATE <br> 38:29 Troy: Suggestion for forums <br> 39:26 Troy: Windows for business <br> 52:10 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 53:10 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #358 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:46" title="Paul: Boot Partition Saga Audio Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:00" title="Greg: A minion response for Paul"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:16" title="Sergio: G+ alternatives and gaming tip"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:11" title="Rick: Mounting shares over OpenVPN"/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:17" title="Don: Feedback on moving to Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:20" title="John: Problems installing Ubuntu MATE"/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:29" title="Troy: Suggestion for forums"/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:26" title="Troy: Windows for business"/>
 <psc:chapter start="52:10" title="goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe "/>
 <psc:chapter start="" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp357</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1 00:15 Introduction 04:27 Office Suites 07:15 Open Document Formats 09:48 Compatibility across office suites 12:37 Linux email applications 13:47 Linux browsers 15:48 Linux chat application 21:05 Check you software repositories FIRST! 21:47 Business software for Linux in future episodes 23:21 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 24:20 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="17666048" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp357/glp357.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp357/glp357.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 20 Nov 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 24:20 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Although the title of this episode says that we'll be talking about running a business on Linux, we focus most of our conversation beyond the operating system and onto other open source applications for use in business. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 357 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1 <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 04:27 Office Suites <br> 07:15 Open Document Formats <br> 09:48 Compatibility across office suites <br> 12:37 Linux email applications <br> 13:47 Linux browsers <br> 15:48 Linux chat application <br> 21:05 Check you software repositories FIRST! <br> 21:47 Business software for Linux in future episodes <br> 23:21 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 24:20 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #357 · Running your business on Linux - Part 1"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:27" title="Office Suites"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:15" title="Open Document Formats"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:48" title="Compatibility across office suites"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:37" title="Linux email applications"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:47" title="Linux browsers"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:48" title="Linux chat application"/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:05" title="Check you software repositories FIRST!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:47" title="Business software for Linux in future episodes"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:21" title="goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe "/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:58" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp356</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:50 Mike Windows: Edge integration 03:47 Michael: Linux on a USB 06:52 Katja: Thanks 08:26 Daniel: Getting to the top panel 12:54 Mike S: Tip for 'no nukes' solution 24:58 Nathan: A minion fo ropenSUSE 28:11 Frank: Lost in the *buntuverse 30:05 Paul: Hard drive update 31:49 Peter: Comments on Paul's feedback 34:38 Gord: Correcting our terminology 37:00 Mel: Name in the toolbar 39:52 Mike: Blind guy gone Linux 44:45 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 45:58 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="33241088" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp356/glp356.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp356/glp356.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 05 Nov 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 45:58 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We get corrected (again). Michael has success. Daniel is frustrated by the lack of accessibility. Mike shares his Gone Linux story.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 356 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:50 Mike Windows: Edge integration <br> 03:47 Michael: Linux on a USB <br> 06:52 Katja: Thanks <br> 08:26 Daniel: Getting to the top panel <br> 12:54 Mike S: Tip for 'no nukes' solution <br> 24:58 Nathan: A minion fo ropenSUSE <br> 28:11 Frank: Lost in the *buntuverse <br> 30:05 Paul: Hard drive update <br> 31:49 Peter: Comments on Paul's feedback <br> 34:38 Gord: Correcting our terminology <br> 37:00 Mel: Name in the toolbar <br> 39:52 Mike: Blind guy gone Linux <br/ > 44:45 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 45:58 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #356 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:50" title="Mike Windows: Edge integration "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:47" title="Michael: Linux on a USB "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:52" title="Katja: Thanks "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:26" title="Daniel: Getting to the top panel "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:54" title="Mike S: Tip for 'no nukes' solution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:58" title="Nathan: A minion fo ropenSUSE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:11" title="Frank: Lost in the *buntuverse "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:05" title="Paul: Hard drive update "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:49" title="Peter: Comments on Paul's feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:38" title="Gord: Correcting our terminology "/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:00" title="Mel: Name in the toolbar "/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:52" title="Mike: Blind guy gone Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:45" title="goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe "/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:58" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp355</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:49 Google+ forums will vanish 03:28 Dell recommends Windows - and a subscription to antivirus software! 14:06 So I've got Linux installed. What's next? 15:00 Check for updates 16:42 Installing Linux without an Internet connection 23:17 Restoring the files you backed up 25:45 Installing additional applications after a Linux install 26:23 Browsers 30:17 Office suites 32:52 Text editors 36:24 Audio and video communication 38:11 Entertainment 40:02 Audio recording, playback, and editing 43:20 Video playback, recording, and editing 46:03 Screen shots 49:37 Larry's suggestions: AutoKey, Caffeine, Synergy, Simplenote, Simple Screen Recorder, Rsync 52:21 Bill's suggestions: Wine for games, Play on Linux, LibreOffice, Chrome, Firefox, Opera 56:34 What software do you use on Linux to get things done? 57:35 Application picks: Hex Chat and Shotcut 62:44 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 64:19 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="46452736" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp355/glp355.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp355/glp355.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 20 Oct 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 64:19 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We wrap up our 2-part introduction to switching from Windows to Linux.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 355 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2 <br/> 00:15 Introduction <br/> 00:49 Google+ forums will vanish <br/> 03:28 Dell recommends Windows - and a subscription to antivirus software! <br/> 14:06 So I've got Linux installed. What's next? <br/> 15:00 Check for updates <br/> 16:42 Installing Linux without an Internet connection <br/> 23:17 Restoring the files you backed up <br/> 25:45 Installing additional applications after a Linux install <br/> 26:23 Browsers <br/> 30:17 Office suites <br/> 32:52 Text editors <br/> 36:24 Audio and video communication <br/> 38:11 Entertainment <br/> 40:02 Audio recording, playback, and editing <br/> 43:20 Video playback, recording, and editing <br/> 46:03 Screen shots <br/> 49:37 Larry's suggestions: AutoKey, Caffeine, Synergy, Simplenote, Simple Screen Recorder, Rsync <br/> 52:21 Bill's suggestions: Wine for games, Play on Linux, LibreOffice, Chrome, Firefox, Opera <br/> 56:34 What software do you use on Linux to get things done? <br/> 57:35 Application picks: Hex Chat and Shotcut <br/> 62:44 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br/> 64:19 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #355 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 2"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:49" title="Google+ forums will vanish"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:28" title="Dell recommends Windows - and a subscription to antivirus software!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:06" title="So I've got Linux installed. What's next?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:00" title="Check for updates"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:42" title="Installing Linux without an Internet connection"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:17" title="Restoring the files you backed up"/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:45" title="Installing additional applications after a Linux install"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:23" title="Browsers"/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:17" title="Office suites"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:52" title="Text editors"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:24" title="Audio and video communication"/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:11" title="Entertainment"/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:02" title="Audio recording, playback, and editing"/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:20" title="Video playback, recording, and editing"/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:03" title="Screen shots"/>
 <psc:chapter start="49:37" title="Larry's suggestions: AutoKey, Caffeine, Synergy, Simplenote, Simple Screen Recorder, Rsync"/>
 <psc:chapter start="52:21" title="Bill's suggestions: Wine for games, Play on Linux, LibreOffice, Chrome, Firefox, Opera"/>
 <psc:chapter start="56:34" title="What software do you use on Linux to get things done?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="57:35" title="Application picks: Hex Chat and Shotcut"/>
 <psc:chapter start="62:44" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp354</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:31 Thanks to Sean for making Bill's Guild Wars xperience better 04:12 Paul: Audio feedback 12:52 Jackie: Hybrid system 20:35 Daniel: Accessibility on KDE 30:17 David: Linux market research 32:08 Colin: Replacing swap partition with a swap file 33:49 Michael: Putting Linux on USB using Windows 38:00 Hilander: installing Kali 40:47 Angelo: Linux for the blind 42:04 Mario: Gone Linux 47:52 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:25 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="35725312" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp354/glp354.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp354/glp354.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 05 Oct 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 49:25 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We received audio feedback this time! We also answer questions about accessibility, 'hybrid' systems, replacing swap partitions, Kali, and usb sticks. We read the 'Gone Linux' story we mentioned last month.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 354 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:31 Thanks to Sean for making Bill's Guild Wars xperience better <br> 04:12 Paul: Audio feedback <br> 12:52 Jackie: Hybrid system <br> 20:35 Daniel: Accessibility on KDE <br> 30:17 David: Linux market research <br> 32:08 Colin: Replacing swap partition with a swap file <br> 33:49 Michael: Putting Linux on USB using Windows <br> 38:00 Hilander: installing Kali <br> 40:47 Angelo: Linux for the blind <br> 42:04 Mario: Gone Linux <br> 47:52 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 49:25 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #354 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:31" title="Thanks to Sean for making Bill's Guild Wars xperience better"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:12" title="Paul: Audio feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:52" title="Jackie: Hybrid system"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:35" title="Daniel: Accessibility on KDE"/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:17" title="David: Linux market research"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:08" title="Colin: Replacing swap partition with a swap file"/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:49" title="Michael: Putting Linux on USB using Windows"/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:00" title="Hilander: installing Kali"/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:47" title="Angelo: Linux for the blind"/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:04" title="Mario: Gone Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="47:52" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp353</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1 00:15 Introduction 02:21 Extensive show notes links 08:11 Why would I want to ditch Windows if it's working for me? 28:19 Things to look at before you ditch Windows. 34:16 What do you do after you've selected a distribution of Linux to install? 41:48 How can I try it out before I install Linux? 47:24 Before you install, back up everything! 59:42 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 60:36 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="43778048" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp353/glp353.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp353/glp353.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 20 Sep 2018 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 60:36 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We look at switching from Windows to Linux in this first of two parts. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 353 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1 <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 02:21 Extensive show notes links <br> 08:11 Why would I want to ditch Windows if it's working for me? <br> 28:19 Things to look at before you ditch Windows. <br> 34:16 What do you do after you've selected a distribution of Linux to install? <br> 41:48 How can I try it out before I install Linux? <br> 47:24 Before you install, back up everything! <br> 59:42 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 60:36 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #353 · Moving from Windows to Linux - Part 1"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:21 Extensive show notes links"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:11" title="Why would I want to ditch Windows if it's working for me?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:19" title="Things to look at before you ditch Windows."/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:16" title="What do you do after you've selected a distribution of Linux to install?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:48" title="How can I try it out before I install Linux?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="47:24" title="Before you install, back up everything!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="59:42" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp352</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 0:20 Lester: Pinguy review was too critical 07:05 Cogoman: Mint 19 experiences 21:07 Ken: Comments on the Mint review 26:11 Paul: Hello from Ankara 35:27 John: Failure to reboot 41:45 Josh: An idea for the Lexmark printer 43:50 David: A work-around for the Lexmark 47:59 George: Backing Up iOS on Linux 50:24 Jim: Remote connections 54:59 Preston: Podcasting advice 63:29 Michael Installing Linux without Wifi 67:51 Michael: Coconut Linux 69:57 Paul: Increasing swap and boot partitions size 74:35 Sean: Guildwars tip for Bill 85:36 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 86:28 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="62402560" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp352/glp352.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp352/glp352.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 05 Sep 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 86:28 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We start with a critical voice mail from Lester. We also have comments on our review of Linux Mint, discussions of Lexmark's lack of support for its printers on Linux, how to provide remote support, increasing swap and boot partitions and more. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 352 Time Stamps</u
 ]]>
 <![CDATA[
 ><br> 00:00 Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 0:20 Lester: Pinguy review was too critical <br> 07:05 Cogoman: Mint 19 experiences <br> 21:07 Ken: Comments on the Mint review <br> 26:11 Paul: Hello from Ankara <br> 35:27 John: Failure to reboot <br> 41:45 Josh: An idea for the Lexmark printer <br> 43:50 David: A work-around for the Lexmark <br> 47:59 George: Backing Up iOS on Linux <br> 50:24 Jim: Remote connections <br> 54:59 Preston: Podcasting advice <br> 63:29 Michael Installing Linux without Wifi <br> 67:51 Michael: Coconut Linux <br> 69:57 Paul: Increasing swap and boot partitions size <br> 74:35 Sean: Guildwars tip for Bill <br> 85:36 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 86:28 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #352 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="0:20" title="Lester: Pinguy review was too critical"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:05" title="Cogoman: Mint 19 experiences"/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:07" title="Ken: Comments on the Mint review"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:11" title="Paul: Hello from Ankara"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:27" title="John: Failure to reboot"/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:45" title="Josh: An idea for the Lexmark printer"/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:50" title="David: A work-around for the Lexmark"/>
 <psc:chapter start="47:59" title="George: Backing Up iOS on Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:24" title="Jim: Remote connections"/>
 <psc:chapter start="54:59" title="Preston: Podcasting advice"/>
 <psc:chapter start="63:29" title="Michael Installing Linux without Wifi"/>
 <psc:chapter start="67:51" title="Michael: Coconut Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="69:57" title="Paul: Increasing swap and boot partitions size"/>
 <psc:chapter start="74:35" title="Sean: Guildwars tip for Bill"/>
 <psc:chapter start="85:36" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp351</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 00:15 Introduction 00:55 The Windows update prevents Bill's machine from booting into Linux, delays our recording 02:38 Guild Wars 2 on Linux 05:21 Pinguy review 09:15 Website looks nice but 'help' section needs a bit of updating 10:03 The developer is responsive 13:01 The 3.2GB ISO image is HUGE! 13:42 Some of the included software 16:29 Not for everyone 19:01 Pinguy relies on a lot of PPAs 21:04 OK for some 21:32 Desktop: A heavily modified Gnome with lots of extensions 22:11 Best Practice: Lean toward Standard vs. Custom functionality, customizations should add value 23:48 Slow, even on powerful hardware 25:57 Theme is not consistent 27:29 Needs a lot of polish 28:16 Could be more intuitive, discoverable 30:28 Bill's suggestions 35:23 Larry's suggestions 37:36 Pinguy needs more help 39:54 Summary 42:11 MRP Tech Podcast 43:54 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:54 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="32473088" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp351/glp351.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp351/glp351.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 20 Aug 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 44:54 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We review Pinguy Linux, release 18.04. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 351 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:55 The Windows update prevents Bill's machine from booting into Linux, delays our recording <br> 02:38 Guild Wars 2 on Linux <br> 05:21 Pinguy review <br> 09:15 Website looks nice but 'help' section needs a bit of updating <br> 10:03 The developer is responsive <br> 13:01 The 3.2GB ISO image is HUGE! <br> 13:42 Some of the included software <br> 16:29 Not for everyone <br> 19:01 Pinguy relies on a lot of PPAs <br> 21:04 OK for some <br> 21:32 Desktop: A heavily modified Gnome with lots of extensions <br> 22:11 Best Practice: Lean toward Standard vs. Custom functionality, customizations should add value <br> 23:48 Slow, even on powerful hardware <br> 25:57 Theme is not consistent <br> 27:29 Needs a lot of polish <br> 28:16 Could be more intuitive, discoverable <br> 30:28 Bill's suggestions <br> 35:23 Larry's suggestions <br> 37:36 Pinguy needs more help <br> 39:54 Summary <br> 42:11 MRP Tech Podcast <br> 43:54 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 44:54 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #351 · Review of Pinguy 18.04 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:55" title="The Windows update prevents Bill's machine from booting into Linux, delays our recording "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:38" title="Guild Wars 2 on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:21" title="Pinguy review "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:15" title="Website looks nice but 'help' section needs a bit of updating "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:03" title="The developer is responsive "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:01" title="The 3.2GB ISO image is HUGE! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:42" title="Some of the included software "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:29" title="Not for everyone "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:01" title="Pinguy relies on a lot of PPAs "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:04" title="OK for some "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:32" title="Desktop: A heavily modified Gnome with lots of extensions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:11" title="Best Practice: Lean toward Standard vs. Custom functionality, customizations should add value "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:48" title="Slow, even on powerful hardware "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:57" title="Theme is not consistent "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:29" title="Needs a lot of polish "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:16" title="Could be more intuitive, discoverable "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:28" title="Bill's suggestions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:23" title="Larry's suggestions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:36" title="Pinguy needs more help "/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:54" title="Summary "/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:11" title="MRP Tech Podcast "/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:54" title="goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe"/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:25" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp350</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Bill is still using Linux Mint 04:19 2nd edition eBook now available 05:45 Tom: Found a solution to his suspend problem 10:34 Dan: About big-name machine on-sit repairs 14:11 Paul: First experience with Linux Mint 19 20:52 Stefan: Backing up an iPad on Linux 27:10 James: Lexmark x9575 Linux compatibility 31:04 James: A new Debian variant and MS Skype 38:05 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 39:25 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="28524544" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp350/glp350.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp350/glp350.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 05 Aug 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 39:25 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Bill has not yet switched from Linux Mint. The eBook version of 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications- Ubuntu MATE 18.04 Edition' is now available. In this episode, Tom can now suspend, Dan reveals how on-site repair really works, James has a paperweight, and much more. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 350 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:54 Bill is still using Linux Mint <br> 04:19 2nd edition eBook now available <br> 05:45 Tom: Found a solution to his suspend problem <br> 10:34 Dan: About big-name machine on-sit repairs <br> 14:11 Paul: First experience with Linux Mint 19 <br> 20:52 Stefan: Backing up an iPad on Linux <br> 27:10 James: Lexmark x9575 Linux compatibility <br> 31:04 James: A new Debian variant and MS Skype <br> 38:05 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 39:25 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #350 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:54" title="Bill is still using Linux Mint"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:19" title="2nd edition eBook now available"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:45" title="Tom: Found a solution to his suspend problem"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:34" title="Dan: About big-name machine on-sit repairs"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:11" title=" Paul: First experience with Linux Mint 19"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:52" title="Stefan: Backing up an iPad on Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:10" title="James: Lexmark x9575 Linux compatibility"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:04" title="James: A new Debian variant and MS Skype"/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:05" title="goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe"/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:25" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp349</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara 00:15 Introduction 11:21 Linux Mint 19 13:10 Working around Alienware problems 17:01 The Good 17:27 Update Center 23:02 Welcome screen 24:01 Comparing Linux Mint 19 with Ubuntu MATE 18.04 35:56 Out-of-the-box support for Flatpack but not for Snap 36:53 Cinnamon 37:57 Mint 19 feels noticably slower 44:07 Mint uses more memory 45:58 Final verdict 49:59 Software pick: ClamTK 50:40 Bonus tip: Be careful out there! 53:03 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 54:36 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="39456768" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp349/glp349.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp349/glp349.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jul 2018 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 54:36 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Bill reviews Linux Mint 19 and discusses the Good the Bad and the Ugly. Well, there's really no Ugly. We compare it with Ubuntu MATE 18.04 and render a final verdict on which we'd recommend.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 349 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 11:21 Linux Mint 19 <br> 13:10 Working around Alienware problems <br> 17:01 The Good <br> 17:27 Update Center <br> 23:02 Welcome screen <br> 24:01 Comparing Linux Mint 19 with Ubuntu MATE 18.04 <br> 35:56 Out-of-the-box support for Flatpack but not for Snap <br> 36:53 Cinnamon <br> 37:57 Mint 19 feels noticably slower <br> 44:07 Mint uses more memory <br> 45:58 Final verdict <br> 49:59 Software pick: ClamTK <br> 50:40 Bonus tip: Be careful out there! <br> 53:03 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 54:36 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #349 · Linux Mint 19 Tara"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:21" title="Linux Mint 19"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:10" title="Working around Alienware problems"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:01" title="The Good"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:27" title="Update Center"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:02" title="Welcome screen"/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:01" title="Comparing Linux Mint 19 with Ubuntu MATE 18.04"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:56" title="Out-of-the-box support for Flatpack but not for Snap"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:53" title="Cinnamon"/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:57" title="Mint 19 feels noticably slower"/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:07" title="Mint uses more memory"/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:58" title="Final verdict"/>
 <psc:chapter start="49:59" title="Software pick: ClamTK"/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:40" title="Bonus tip: Be careful out there!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="53:03" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp348</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:46 Bill has a 32bit vs. 64bit battle 05:31 Larry's Dell support call goes horribly wrong 06:55 Paul: Recording Discord 09:23 Daniel: Bad news 11:17 Paul: Linux Mint 19 is coming 15:56 Oscar: Linux on Windows 19:31 Troy: Re: Episode 346 21:53 Greg: Episode 344 feedback 25:15 Serge: Episode 346 Alienware 26:35 Thomas: Regarding Alienware problems 27:22 Serge: Episode 346 Discord for Daniel 30:39 Joe: Relive my childhood through bbs 34:32 P Durao: I’ve got a stupid difficult machine as well 37:19 Mario: Feedback from Listener Feedback #346 40:07 Tom: Ubuntu MATE Acer Laptop BIOS 48:26 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:45 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="35964928" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp348/glp348.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp348/glp348.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 05 Jul 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 49:45 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We receive feedback on previous Listener Feedback episodes, including feedback for Bill on his issues with his Alienware computer. Joe wants to relive his childhood.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 348 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Int
 ]]>
 <![CDATA[
 roduction <br> 01:46 Bill has a 32bit vs. 64bit battle <br> 05:31 Larry's Dell support call goes horribly wrong <br> 06:55 Paul: Recording Discord <br> 09:23 Daniel: Bad news <br> 11:17 Paul: Linux Mint 19 is coming <br> 15:56 Oscar: Linux on Windows <br> 19:31 Troy: Re: Episode 346 <br> 21:53 Greg: Episode 344 feedback <br> 25:15 Serge: Episode 346 Alienware <br> 26:35 Thomas: Regarding Alienware problems <br> 27:22 Serge: Episode 346 Discord for Daniel <br> 30:39 Joe: Relive my childhood through bbs <br> 34:32 P Durao: I’ve got a stupid difficult machine as well <br> 37:19 Mario: Feedback from Listener Feedback #346 <br> 40:07 Tom: Ubuntu MATE Acer Laptop BIOS <br> 48:26 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 49:45 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #348 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:46" title="Bill has a 32bit vs. 64bit battle "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:31" title="Larry's Dell support call goes horribly wrong "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:55" title="Paul: Recording Discord "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:23" title="Daniel: Bad news "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:17" title="Paul: Linux Mint 19 is coming "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:56" title="Oscar: Linnux on Windows "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:31" title="Troy: Re: Episode 346 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:53" title="Greg: Episode 344 feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:15" title="Serge: Episode 346 Alienware "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:35" title="Thomas: Regarding Alienware problems "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:22" title="Serge: Episode 346 Discord for Daniel "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:39" title="Joe: Relive my childhood through bbs "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:32" title="P Durao: I’ve got a stupid difficult machine as well "/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:19" title="Mario: Feedback from Listener Feedback #346 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:07" title="Tom: Ubuntu MATE Acer Laptop BIOS "/>
 <psc:chapter start="48:26" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp347</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal 00:15 Introduction 00:43 Terminal basics 02:00 The terminal 04:49 Installing applications 08:17 lshw to display your system info 09:43 inxi to display your system info 11:23 Easter eggs 12:34 Upgrade distribution releases 13:48 Determine if an application is available to install 15:59 Discover what a command does 19:14 Not as difficult as it seems 20:33 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 21:30 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="903603" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp347/glp347.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp347/glp347.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jun 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 21:30 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Much of what we discussed in our last user experience episode used the terminal. This episode covers some of the basics of using the terminal. It's not as intimidating as it might seem at first.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 347 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:43 Terminal basics <br> 02:00 The terminal <br> 04:49 Installing applications <br> 08:17 lshw to display your system info <br> 09:43 inxi to display your system info <br> 11:23 Easter eggs <br> 12:34 Upgrade distribution releases <br> 13:48 Determine if an application is available to install <br> 15:59 Discover what a command does <br> 19:14 Not as difficult as it seems <br> 20:33 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 21:30 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #347 · Using the Terminal"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:43" title="Terminal basics"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:00" title="The terminal"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:49" title="Installing applications"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:17" title="lshw to display your system info"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:43" title="inxi to display your system info"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:23" title="Easter eggs"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:34" title="Upgrade distribution releases"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:48" title="Determine if an application is available to install"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:59" title="Discover what a command does"/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:14" title="Not as difficult as it seems"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:33" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp346</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:21 Bill asks the minions for help 10:51 Another reason users switch from Windows to Linux! 13:22 Daniel: Discord is not accessible 15:46 George: May I please have a book? 24:04 Tom: Championing freedom and fostering success in the land of Linux! 25:15 Hilander: Getting Fedora video working 27:22 Leonid: Compare distros and desktops 29:40 Göran: Advice on Garmin GPSs 31:45 Rick: Help for Mike 33:14 Mathias: Help for Joshua on file ownership 35:52 Daniel: Trying to write to disk 38:13 Aaron: Installing software on Linux 42:51 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 43:13 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="31692800" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp346/glp346.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp346/glp346.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jun 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 43:13 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Bill needs some help! Listeners share tips and help for other listeners. George asks for a book. Daniel has problems writing to disk. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 346 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:21 Bill asks the minions for help <br> 10:51 Another reason users switch from Windows to Linux! <br> 13:22 Daniel: Discord is not accessible <br> 15:46 George: May I please have a book? <br> 24:04 Tom: Championing freedom and fostering success in the land of Linux! <br> 25:15 Hilander: Getting Fedora video working <br> 27:22 Leonid: Compare distros and desktops <br> 29:40 Göran: Advice on Garmin GPSs <br> 31:45 Rick: Help for Mike <br> 33:14 Mathias: Help for Joshua on file ownership <br> 35:52 Daniel: Trying to write to disk <br> 38:13 Aaron: Installing software on Linux <br> 42:51 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 43:13 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #346 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:21" title="Bill asks the minions for help "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:51" title="Another reason users switch from Windows to Linux! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:22" title="Daniel: Discord is not accessible "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:46" title="George: May I please have a book? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:04" title="Tom: Championing freedom and fostering success in the land of Linux! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:15" title="Hilander: Getting Fedora video working "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:22" title="Leonid: Compare distros and desktops "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:40" title="Göran: Advice on Garmin GPSs "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:45" title="Rick: Help for Mike "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:14" title=" Mathias: Help for Joshua on file ownership "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:52" title="Daniel: Trying to write to disk "/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:13" title="Aaron: Installing software on Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:51" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my!
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp345</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my!
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my! 00:15 Introduction 00:39 Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS released 02:30 Debian-based Packages explained by 'minion' Ken Leyba 04:35 Debian-based package managers 14:37 .deb package anatomy 17:44 The dpkg command-line tool 20:07 The advance packaging tool - apt 24:48 Aptitude 26:47 Synaptic 27:39 Just for fun 30:06 Are you a minion? 31:39 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 32:58 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="23881728" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp345/glp345.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp345/glp345.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 20 May 2018 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 32:58 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>In Linux there are methods of installing software, from source code by compiling and installing, or through software packages and package managers. There are newer forms of installing software, for example using portable app installers like Appimage, Snap or Flatpak. In this episode we describe the common methods of installing applications on Debian-based distributions. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 345 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my! <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:39 Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS released <br> 02:30 Debian-based Packages explained by 'minion' Ken Leyba <br/> 04:35 Debian-based package managers <br> 14:37 .deb package anatomy <br> 17:44 The dpkg command-line tool <br> 20:07 The advance packaging tool - apt <br> 24:48 Aptitude <br> 26:47 Synaptic <br> 27:39 Just for fun <br> 30:06 Are you a minion? <br> 31:39 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 32:58 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #345 · Apt and apt-get and aptitude, oh my!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:39" title="Ubuntu MATE 18.04 LTS released "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:30" title="Debian-based Packages explained by 'minion' Ken Leyba "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:35" title="Debian-based package managers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:37" title=".deb package anatomy "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:44" title="The dpkg command-line tool "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:07" title="The advance packaging tool - apt "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:48" title="Aptitude "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:47" title="Synaptic "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:39" title="Just for fun "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:06" title="Are you a minion? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:39" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp344</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:02 We've remembered how to record! 02:45 Ubuntu MATE Guide for release 18.04 05:45 David: Update from a year ago 07:59 Michael: Comment on Discord 09:46 Ken: LIHS Podcast 11:22 Michael: Stores selling Linux computers 26:01 Greg: Linux Maintenance 28:28 Frank: Compiling from source 31:58 David: Garmin GPS compatible with Linux 33:20 Serge: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux 34:45 Paul: About AntennaPod 35:16 Michael: Feedback on feedback 36:58 Joshua: File permissions 42:46 ThisHostingRocks: Shameless plug 44:23 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:17 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="66793472" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp344/glp344.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp344/glp344.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 05 May 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 46:17 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We have feedback on the Discord package, the Linux In The Hamshack Podcast, Linux hardware, Linux maintenance, file permissions, and more!. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 344 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 02:02 We've remembered how to record! <br> 02:45 Ubuntu MATE Guide for release 18.04 <br> 05:45 David: Update from a year ago <br> 07:59 Michael: Comment on Discord <br> 09:46 Ken: LIHS Podcast <br> 11:22 Michael: Stores selling Linux computers <br> 26:01 Greg: Linux Maintenance <br> 28:28 Frank: Compiling from source <br> 31:58 David: Garmin GPS compatible with Linux <br> 33:20 Serge: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux <br> 34:45 Paul: About AntennaPod <br> 35:16 Michael: Feedback on feedback <br> 36:58 Joshua: File permissions <br> 42:46 ThisHostingRocks: Shameless plug <br> 44:23 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 46:17 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #344 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:02" title="We've remembered how to record! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:45" title="Ubuntu MATE Guide for release 18.04 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:45" title="David: Update from a year ago "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:59" title="Michael: Comment on Discord "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:46" title="Ken: LIHS Podcast "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:22" title="Michael: Stores selling Linux computers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:01" title="Greg: Linux Maintenance "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:28" title="Frank: Compiling from source "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:58" title="David: Garmin GPS compatible with Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:20" title="Serge: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:45" title="Paul: About AntennaPod "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:16" title="Michael: Feedback on feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:58" title="Joshua: File permissions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:46" title="ThisHostingRocks: Shameless plug "/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:23" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp343</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE 00:15 Introduction 00:50 Alone again, naturally. 01:52 Adjusting for 4K on Linux 02:54 High-resolution scaling limitations 04:15 The best HiDPI Linux Desktops (until now) 04:40 Ubuntu MATE's auto-detection and auto-adjust settings 05:26 Choosing a HiDPI resolution 06:56 Adjusting Ubuntu MATE's new HiDPI settings 08:32 Hope for the future of high-resolution support on Linux 09:01 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 10:00 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="7346176" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp343/glp343.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp343/glp343.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 05 Apr 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 10:00 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Support for high-resolution computer displays (HiDPI or 4K displays) is still being perfected. Not all Linux distributions provide settings that behave well in high-resolution mode -- and most are somewhat clunky. With the 18.04 release, the Ubuntu MATE team is releasing a utility for the MATE desktop that automatically can detect your 4K display and set the appropriate screen scaling for you. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 343 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:50 Alone again, naturally. <br> 01:52 Adjusting for 4K on Linux <br> 02:54 High-resolution scaling limitations <br> 04:15 The best HiDPI Linux Desktops (until now) <br> 04:40 Ubuntu MATE's auto-detection and auto-adjust settings <br> 05:26 Choosing a HiDPI resolution <br> 06:56 Adjusting Ubuntu MATE's new HiDPI settings <br> 08:32 Hope for the future of high-resolution support on Linux <br> 09:01 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 10:00 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #343 · HiDPI Auto-detection in Ubuntu MATE"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:50" title="Alone again, naturally. "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:52" title="Adjusting for 4K on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:54" title="High-resolution scaling limitations "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:15" title="The best HiDPI Linux Desktops (until now) "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:40" title="Ubuntu MATE's auto-detection and auto-adjust settings "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:26" title="Choosing a HiDPI resolution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:56" title="Adjusting Ubuntu MATE's new HiDPI settings "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:32" title="Hope for the future of high-resolution support on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:01" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp342</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:59 Serge: Multiple suggestions for Skype replacement 02:31 Jim: AntennaPod issues on mobile 05:53 Greg: Power off - by force 08:33 Norm: Mail-In-A-Box 11:50 Simohamed: Episode suggestion 12:31 Emilio: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux? 14:58 Jack: Gone Linux 15:57 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 18:57 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="13789184" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp342/glp342.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp342/glp342.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 20 Mar 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 18:57 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Serge provides multiple suggestions for replacing Skype. Jim describes some mobile AntennaPod issues, Greg discusses powering off by force, Norm suggests Mail-In-A-Box, Emilio asks about a portable VeraCrypt for Linux, Simohamed offers a suggestion and Jack describes how he has Gone Linux.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 342 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:59 Serge: Multiple suggestions for Skype replacement <br> 02:31 Jim: AntennaPod issues on mobile <br> 05:53 Greg: Power off - by force <br> 08:33 Norm: Mail-In-A-Box <br> 11:50 Simohamed: Episode suggestion <br> 12:31 Emilio: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux? <br> 14:58 Jack: Gone Linux <br> 15:57 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 18:57 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #342 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:59" title="Serge: Multiple suggestions for Skype replacement "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:31" title="Jim: AntennaPod issues on mobile "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:53" title="Greg: Power off - by force "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:33" title="Norm: Mail-In-A-Box "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:50" title="Simohamed: Episode suggestion "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:31" title="Emilio: Portable VeraCrypt for Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:58" title="Jack: Gone Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:57" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp341</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Internet problems resolved (we hope) 02:06 Jeremy: Backups recommendation 04:44 Greg: Autoremoving cruft 06:19 Greg: That's not an old computer. This is an old computer! 09:34 Scott: FSLint 15:07 Serge: Configuration management suggestion 16:01 Daniel: Replacement for Skype 17:47 George: Synology 19:57 Nigel: Installing Linux applications 22:44 Bill's next project 23:59 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 25:06 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="18216960" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp341/glp341.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp341/glp341.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 05 Mar 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 25:06 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Bill takes on a top secret special project. Jeremy recommends a backup solution, Greg removes cruft, George recommends Synology, Daniel asks about our Skype replacement, and more!</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 341 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:54 Internet problems resolved (we hope) <br> 02:06 Jeremy: Backups recommendation <br> 04:44 Greg: Autoremoving cruft <br> 06:19 Greg: That's not an old computer. This is an old computer! <br> 09:34 Scott: FSLint <br> 15:07 Serge: Configuration management suggestion <br> 16:01 Daniel: Replacement for Skype <br> 17:47 George: Synology <br> 19:57 Nigel: Installing Linux applications <br> 22:44 Bill's next project <br> 23:59 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 25:06 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #341 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:54" title="Internet problems resolved (we hope) "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:06" title="Jeremy: Backups recommendation "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:44" title="Greg: Autoremoving cruft "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:19" title="Greg: That's not an old computer. This is an old computer! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:34" title="Scott: FSLint "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:07" title="Serge: Configuration management suggestion "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:01" title="Daniel: Replacement for Skype "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:47" title="George: Synology "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:57" title="Nigel: Installing Linux applications "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:44" title="Bill's next project "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:59" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #340 · Security on Linux </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp340</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #340 · Security on Linux </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #340 · Security on Linux 00:15 Introduction 00:45 Just you and me 02:04 Overview 03:55 Basic Linux security guidelines 05:39 Backups 07:45 What and where to back-up 11:20 Automating disaster recovery 12:26 Software Updater 15:44 Firewalls 17:01 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 18:49 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="13692928" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp340/glp340b.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp340/glp340b.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 20 Feb 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 18:49 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We discuss security on Linux and provide basic Linux security guidelines. We discuss in more detail, backups, automated software updates and upgrades, and the uncomplicated firewall.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 340 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #340 · Security on Linux <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:45 Just you and me <br> 02:04 Overview <br> 03:55 Basic Linux security guidelines <br> 05:39 Backups <br> 07:45 What and where to back-up <br> 11:20 Automating disaster recovery <br> 12:26 Software Updater <br> 15:44 Firewalls <br> 17:01 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 18:49 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="340 · Security on Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:45" title="Just you and me"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:04" title="Overview"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:55" title="Basic Linux security guidelines"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:39" title="Backups"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:45" title="What and where to back-up"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:20" title="Automating disaster recovery"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:26" title="Software Updater"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:44" title="Firewalls"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:01" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp339</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:56 Welcome to the podcast, Bear! 02:14 Daniel: Is Orca included with Linux Mint 06:34 Daniel: New or used limited-budget computer for Linux? 10:43 Alan: Ubuntu 16.04 issue with multiple screens 14:53 Kevin: Command-line access to network-attached storage 19:08 George: Answers for listener questions 25:57 Tony: Privacy on the Internet 26:39 Nathan: Contacting Ikey 28:00 Jim: Ubuntu MATE desktop options and a rant 33:01 Jim: Filtering out adult sites 41:35 Eldon: Fdupes to get rid of duplicate files 42:46 Craig: Hardware for Internet filtering 45:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive 46:28 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 48:07 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="34789376" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp339/glp339.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp339/glp339.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 05 Feb 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 48:07 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>In this episode, we have a lot of interest in Internet filtering and wiping hard drives for privacy. Also, we answer questions about the Linux screen reader, Orca, make recommendations on hardware, and discuss a multiple screen issue.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 339 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:56 Welcome to the podcast, Bear! <br> 02:14 Daniel: Is Orca included with Linux Mint <br> 06:34 Daniel: New or used limited-budget computer for Linux? <br> 10:43 Alan: Ubuntu 16.04 issue with multiple screens <br> 14:53 Kevin: Command-line access to network-attached storage <br> 19:08 George: Answers for listener questions <br> 25:57 Tony: Privacy on the Internet <br> 26:39 Nathan: Contacting Ikey <br> 28:00 Jim: Ubuntu MATE desktop options and a rant <br> 33:01 Jim: Filtering out adult sites <br> 41:35 Eldon: Fdupes to get rid of duplicate files <br> 42:46 Craig: Hardware for Internet filtering <br> 45:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive <br> 46:28 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 48:07 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #339 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:56" title="Welcome to the podcast, Bear! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:14" title="Daniel: Is Orca included with Linux Mint "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:34" title="Daniel: New or used limited-budget computer for Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:43" title="Alan: Ubuntu 16.04 issue with multiple screens "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:53" title="Kevin: Command-line access to network-attached storage "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:08" title="George: Answers for listener questions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:57" title="Tony: Privacy on the Internet "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:39" title="Nathan: Contacting Ikey "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:00" title="Jim: Ubuntu MATE desktop options and a rant "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:01" title="Jim: Filtering out adult sites "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:35" title="Eldon: Fdupes to get rid of duplicate files "/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:46" title="Craig: Hardware for Internet filtering "/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:17" title="Paul: Wiping a hard drive "/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:28" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp338</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Show notes include screenshots and details 01:20 Personalizing the Desktop on Linux 02:50 Ubuntu MATE offers pre-configured panel layouts 04:27 Traditional layout 05:17 Contemparary layout 06:41 Redmond layout 07:34 Cupertino layout 08:32 Pantheon layout 09:07 Mutiny layout 09:48 Netbook layout 10:19 Keep personalizing 11:01 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 12:02 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="8808448" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp338/glp338.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp338/glp338.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 20 Jan 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 12:02 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Although you can do some basic tweaking out of the box with other operating systems, Linux is infinitely more configurable than macOS or Windows. Sure you can get add-on software to personalize your Windows desktop quite a bit, but most Linux distributions provide the customization tools built right in, with additional utilities just a few clicks away in the software repositories. This episode gives you some ideas as to what can be done with Linux, an operating system that is designed to be customizable. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 338 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:54 Show notes include screenshots and details <br> 01:20 Personalizing the Desktop on Linux <br> 02:50 Ubuntu MATE offers pre-configured panel layouts <br> 04:27 Traditional layout <br> 05:17 Contemparary layout <br> 06:41 Redmond layout <br> 07:34 Cupertino layout <br> 08:32 Pantheon layout <br> 09:07 Mutiny layout <br> 09:48 Netbook layout <br> 10:19 Keep personalizing <br> 11:01 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 12:02 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #338 · Personalizing Your Linux Desktop"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:54" title="Show notes include screenshots and details"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:20" title="Personalizing the Desktop on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:50" title="Ubuntu MATE offers pre-configured panel layouts "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:27" title="Traditional layout "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:17" title="Contemparary layout "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:41" title="Redmond layout "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:34" title="Cupertino layout "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:32" title="Pantheon layout "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:07" title="Mutiny layout "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:48" title="Netbook layout "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:19" title="Keep personalizing "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:01" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp337</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:41 Mike: Comparing files 06:08 Paul: Why the ThinkPad Wifi was not working 08:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive 10:31 Craig: Recommendation for cheap computer for content filtering 15:49 Ken: Recommendation for Ubuntu MATE vs. Mint 19:10 Chris: Recommendation for configuration management 22:30 Jeff: Back channel connections to Solus 24:41 Justin: Recommendation on a light-weight distribution 38:56 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 40:48 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="29521920" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp337/glp337.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp337/glp337.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jan 2018 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 40:48 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>At the request of our listeners, we provide a few recommendations on various subjects ranging from distributions for a low-powered computer to software to wipe a hard drive. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 337 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback <br /> 00:15 Introduction <br /> 01:41 Mike: Comparing files <br /> 06:08 Paul: Why the ThinkPad Wifi was not working <br /> 08:17 Paul: Wiping a hard drive <br /> 10:31 Craig: Recommendation for cheap computer for content filtering <br /> 15:49 Ken: Recommendation for Ubuntu MATE vs. Mint <br /> 19:10 Chris: Recommendation for configuration management <br /> 22:30 Jeff: Back channel connections to Solus <br /> 24:41 Justin: Recommendation on a light-weight distribution <br /> 38:56 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br /> 40:48 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #337 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:41" title="Mike: Comparing files "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:08" title="Paul: Why the ThinkPad Wifi was not working "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:17" title="Paul: Wiping a hard drive "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:31" title="Craig: Recommendation for cheap computer for content filtering "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:49" title="Ken: Recommendation for Ubuntu MATE vs. Mint "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:10" title="Chris: Recommendation for configuration management "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:30" title="Jeff: Back channel connections to Solus "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:41" title="Justin: Recommendation on a light-weight distribution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:56" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp336</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review 00:15 Introduction 02:01 Highlights of 2017 02:57 Ubuntu MATE: Two books and a guide within the distribution. 10:19 Goodbye net neutrality 19:32 The Minion Network begins 22:58 Linux takes over the world! 24:33 Goodbye Linux Journal 28:14 Goodbye AIM 30:01 City of Munich goes back to Windows 35:13 Containers 36:25 Linux malware 39:00 Distrowatch top 10 47:48 Ubuntu leaves Unity for Gnome 51:27 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 52:29 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="37788875" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp336/glp336.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp336/glp336.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 20 Dec 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 52:29 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>In the Going Linux holiday tradition, Bill and Larry review some of the significant happenings during the past year. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 336 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review<br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 02:01 Highlights of 2017<br> 02:57 Ubuntu MATE: Two books and a guide within the distribution.<br> 10:19 Goodbye net neutrality<br> 19:32 The Minion Network begins<br> 22:58 Linux takes over the world!<br> 24:33 Goodbye Linux Journal<br> 28:14 Goodbye AIM<br> 30:01 City of Munich goes back to Windows<br> 35:13 Containers<br> 36:25 Linux malware<br> 39:00 Distrowatch top 10<br> 47:48 Ubuntu leaves Unity for Gnome<br> 51:27 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 52:29 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #336 · 2017 Year End Review"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:01" title="Highlights of 2017"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:57" title="Ubuntu MATE: Two books and a guide within the distribution. "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:19" title="Goodbye net neutrality "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:32" title="The Minion Network begins "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:58" title="Linux takes over the world! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:33" title="Goodbye Linux Journal "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:14" title="Goodbye AIM "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:01" title="City of Munich goes back to Windows "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:13" title="Containers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:25" title="Linux malware "/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:00" title="Distrowatch top 10 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="47:48" title="Ubuntu leaves Unity for Gnome "/>
 <psc:chapter start="51:27" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp335</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:59 Holiday break 01:24 How to join the Minion Network 04:53 Andrei: One installation file alternative 07:51 Greg: Zoneminder 11:33 Greg: Getting help with Linux 13:04 Rai: Snaps and the like 15:29 Craig: DD progress 16:54 Heath: More on DD progress... and minions 18:27 Göran: Even more DD progress 19:19 Ken: Another volunteer minion 20:57 Jeff: Disk cloning 26:53 Ali: A question about Snaps 29:55 Greg: Another minion! 31:10 Mike: Grsync documentation link 31:56 Michael: An alternative link 32:43 Adrian: A minion-written article! 35:12 Paul: Read-only issue 38:26 Simohamed: A topic suggestion 40:18 Scott: Diagonal menus 46:34 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 47:45 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="34525184" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp335/glp335.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp335/glp335.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 47:45 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>The minion network grows! After our break for US Thanksgiving, we get more feedback on popular topics like progress when using the dd command, disk cloning, snap packages, and backups. In addition we get a suggestion on using info, and an alternative link to grsync instructions. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 335 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback<br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:59 Holiday break <br> 01:24 How to join the Minion Network <br> 04:53 Andrei: One installation file alternative <br> 07:51 Greg: Zoneminder <br> 11:33 Greg: Getting help with Linux <br> 13:04 Rai: Snaps and the like <br> 15:29 Craig: DD progress <br> 16:54 Heath: More on DD progress... and minions <br> 18:27 Göran: Even more DD progress <br> 19:19 Ken: Another volunteer minion <br> 20:57 Jeff: Disk cloning <br> 26:53 Ali: A question about Snaps <br> 29:55 Greg: Another minion! <br> 31:10 Mike: Grsync documentation link <br> 31:56 Michael: An alternative link <br> 32:43 Adrian: A minion-written article! <br> 35:12 Paul: Read-only issue <br> 38:26 Simohamed: A topic suggestion <br> 40:18 Scott: Diagonal menus <br> 46:34 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 47:45 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #335 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:59" title="Holiday break"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:24" title="How to join the Minion Network"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:53" title="Andrei: One installation file alternative"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:51" title="Greg: Zoneminder"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:33" title="Greg: Getting help with Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:04" title="Rai: Snaps and the like"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:29" title="Craig: DD progress"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:54" title="Heath: More on DD progress... and minions"/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:27" title="Göran: Even more DD progress"/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:19" title="Ken: Another volunteer minion"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:57" title="Jeff: Disk cloning"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:53" title="Ali: A question about Snaps"/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:55" title="Greg: Another minion!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:10" title="Mike: Grsync documentation link"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:56" title="Michael: An alternative link"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:43" title="Adrian: A minion-written article!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:12" title="Paul: Read-only issue"/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:26" title="Simohamed: A topic suggestion"/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:18" title="Scott: Diagonal menus"/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:34" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp334</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:55 Bill is connected again! 03:48 Logan: Why a 64-bit Linux download is sometimes labeled AMD64 04:10 Ken: Explains AMD64 as well 05:47 Daniel: Explained Intel vs. AMD even more 08:09 Heath: Explains from an instruction set perspective 10:53 Rick: Grsync link is broken 12:04 Barbara: Cloning a drive with dd 15:36 Adrian: Cloning and the 'minion network' 26:14 Adrian: Another hardware hoarder 30:11 Dave: Confused 36:22 Jan: Thanks for the time stamps 36:52 Brune: Using Discord 39:07 John: How about a Patreon page? 41:01 Dennis: Comments on cloning 48:46 Colin: Whole disk cloning 50:02 Andrew: USB write speed 55:18 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 57:28 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="41521152" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp334/glp334.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp334/glp334.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 05 Nov 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 57:28 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>This month's feedback includes a lot of commentary on why 64-bit Linux download files are sometimes labeled 'AMD64,' and Whole disk cloning. These appear to be very popular topics. We hear from another hardware hoarder... er... uh... collector. Adrian suggests a 'Minion Network.' There's more. You'll have to listen to get it all! </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 334 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback<br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:55 Bill is connected again! <br> 03:48 Logan: Why a 64-bit Linux download is sometimes labeled AMD64 <br> 04:10 Ken: Explains AMD64 as well <br> 05:47 Daniel: Explained Intel vs. AMD even more <br> 08:09 Heath: Explains from an instruction set perspective <br> 10:53 Rick: Grsync link is broken <br> 12:04 Barbara: Cloning a drive with dd <br> 15:36 Adrian: Cloning and the 'minion network' <br> 26:14 Adrian: Another hardware hoarder <br> 30:11 Dave: Confused <br> 36:22 Jan: Thanks for the time stamps <br> 36:52 Brune: Using Discord <br> 39:07 John: How about a Patreon page? <br> 41:01 Dennis: Comments on cloning <br> 48:46 Colin: Whole disk cloning <br> 50:02 Andrew: USB write speed <br> 55:18 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 57:28 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #334 · Listener Feedback"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:55" title="Bill is connected again!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:48" title="Logan: Why a 64-bit Linux download is sometimes labeled AMD64"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:10" title="Ken: Explains AMD64 as well"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:47" title="Daniel: Explained Intel vs. AMD even more"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:09" title="Heath: Explains from an instruction set perspective"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:53" title="Rick: Grsync link is broken"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:04" title="Barbara: Cloning a drive with dd"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:36" title="Adrian: Cloning and the 'minion network'"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:14" title="Adrian: Another hardware hoarder"/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:11" title="Dave: Confused"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:22" title="Jan: Thanks for the time stamps"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:52" title="Brune: Using Discord"/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:07" title="John: How about a Patreon page?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:01" title="Dennis: Comments on cloning"/>
 <psc:chapter start="48:46" title="Colin: Whole disk cloning"/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:02" title="Andrew: USB write speed"/>
 <psc:chapter start="55:18" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp333</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions 00:15 Introduction 00:47 New Book: Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications 01:42 Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application? 03:59 Snaps: Intro 05:31 FlatPaks: Intro 06:14 AppImages: Intro 07:02 Snap 08:58 AppImage 11:06 FlatPak 11:55 More details and how to create packages 12:07 Which should I use? 13:57 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 14:54 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="10872832" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp333/glp333.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp333/glp333.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 20 Oct 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 14:54 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>At a listener's suggestion, we describe three new solutions that try to answer the age-old question, 'Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application?' We describe Snap, AppImage and FlatPak. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 333 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:47 New Book: Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications <br> 01:42 Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application? <br> 03:59 Snaps: Intro <br> 05:31 FlatPaks: Intro <br> 06:14 AppImages: Intro <br> 07:02 Snap <br> 08:58 AppImage <br> 11:06 FlatPak <br> 11:55 More details and how to create packages <br> 12:07 Which should I use? <br> 13:57 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 14:54 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #333 · One Installation File - Many Linux Distributions"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:47" title="New Book: Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:42" title="Why can Linux distributions not agree on how to install and application?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:59" title="Snaps: Intro"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:31" title="FlatPaks: Intro"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:14" title="AppImages: Intro"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:02" title="Snap"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:58" title="AppImage"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:06" title="FlatPak"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:55" title="More details and how to create packages"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:07" title="Which should I use?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:57" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #332 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp332</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #332 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #332 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:55 Fun with phones 03:00 Scott: GPartEd for whole disk cloning 05:06 Michael: Which distribution is best for using the Orca screen reader? 19:33 Greg: Linux beta of Password Safe 20:46 Mike: Should I encrypt my backups 27:14 Tom: Recommendations for slide show creation and DVD burning 34:12 John: Bleachbit and autoremove for Linux maintenance 35:58 Paul: Skype alternative and restaring the computer 39:45 Craig: High performance graphics on Linux 45:22 Gone Linux: Craig a 'curiosity' since 1990's has now switched to Linux 49:55 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:21 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="37117952" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp332/glp332.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp332/glp332.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 05 Oct 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 51:21 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>An excerpt on accessibility on boot from our new book, 'Using Ubuntu MATE and Its Applications.' Feedback on whole disk cloning, passwords, encryption, BleachBit on Linux, restarting after a freeze, and drivers. We also have a 'gone Linux' story from Craig.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 332 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #332 · Listener Feedback <br /> 00:15 Introduction <br /> 00:55 Fun with phones <br /> 03:00 Scott: GPartEd for whole disk cloning <br /> 05:06 Michael: Which distribution is best for using the Orca screen reader? <br /> 19:33 Greg: Linux beta of Password Safe <br /> 20:46 Mike: Should I encrypt my backups <br /> 27:14 Tom: Recommendations for slide show creation and DVD burning <br /> 34:12 John: Bleachbit and autoremove for Linux maintenance <br /> 35:58 Paul: Skype alternative and restaring the computer <br /> 39:45 Craig: High performance graphics on Linux <br /> 45:22 Gone Linux: Craig a 'curiosity' since 1990's has now switched to Linux <br /> 49:55 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br /> 51:21 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:55" title="Fun with phones"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:00" title="Scott: GPartEd for whole disk cloning"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:06" title="Michael: Which distribution is best for using the Orca screen reader?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:33" title="Greg: Linux beta of Password Safe"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:46" title="Mike: Should I encrypt my backups"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:14" title="Tom: Recommendations for slide show creation and DVD burning"/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:12" title="John: Bleachbit and autoremove for Linux maintenance"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:58" title="Paul: Skype alternative and restaring the computer"/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:45" title="Craig: High performance graphics on Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:22" title="Gone Linux: Craig a 'curiosity' since 1990's has now switched to Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="49:55" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp331</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux 00:15 Introduction 00:51 Podcast 'guests' 03:07 Backup Strategies 04:34 Cloning a hard drive on Linux 06:01 G4L 09:06 dd: Native Linux cloning tool 16:10 Partimage 20:09 Partclone 23:31 Clonezilla 27:20 Our recommendations 28:42 Bye bye Skype 29:30 Hello Discord 34:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:31 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="25716736" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp331/glp331.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp331/glp331.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 35:31 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We discuss backup and disaster recovery options that involve cloning your computer's entire hard drive. We discuss five Linux-based options for cloning hard drives. We make our recommendations of which to use, but we don't quite agree. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 331 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #331 · Whole Disk Cloning on Linux <br /> 00:15 Introduction <br /> 00:51 Podcast 'guests' <br /> 03:07 Backup Strategies <br /> 04:34 Cloning a hard drive on Linux <br /> 06:01 G4L <br /> 09:06 dd: Native Linux cloning tool <br /> 16:10 Partimage <br /> 20:09 Partclone <br /> 23:31 Clonezilla <br /> 27:20 Our recommendations <br /> 28:42 Bye bye Skype <br /> 29:30 Hello Discord <br /> 34:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br /> 35:31 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:02" title="David: Hard drive issue was hardware "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:44" title="Greg: Really REALLY old computers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:03" title="Roger: Telegram? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:46" title="Kevin: Advice on maintenence on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:05" title="Ken: Some show suggestions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:00" title="Sean: Linux game review: Xonotic "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:57" title="Tom: Comments on the podcast "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:02" title="Greg: Secure browsing on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:06" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp330</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:02 David: Hard drive issue was hardware 07:44 Greg: Really REALLY old computers 14:03 Roger: Telegram? 14:46 Kevin: Advice on maintenence on Linux 19:05 Ken: Some show suggestions 21:00 Sean: Linux game review: Xonotic 21:57 Tom: Comments on the podcast 24:02 Greg: Secure browsing on Linux 29:06 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 30:09 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="833613" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp330/glp330.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp330/glp330.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 05 Sep 2017 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 30:09 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Our listeners are the BEST! David solves his hard drive issue. Greg wants to know about really old computers. We get show suggestions and questions about such things as secure browsing. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 330 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:02 David: Hard drive issue was hardware <br> 07:44 Greg: Really REALLY old computers <br> 14:03 Roger: Telegram? <br> 14:46 Kevin: Advice on maintenence on Linux <br> 19:05 Ken: Some show suggestions <br> 21:00 Sean: Linux game review: Xonotic <br> 21:57 Tom: Comments on the podcast <br> 24:02 Greg: Secure browsing on Linux <br> 29:06 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 30:09 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #330 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:02" title="David: Hard drive issue was hardware "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:44" title="Greg: Really REALLY old computers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:03" title="Roger: Telegram? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:46" title="Kevin: Advice on maintenence on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:05" title="Ken: Some show suggestions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:00" title="Sean: Linux game review: Xonotic "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:57" title="Tom: Comments on the podcast "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:02" title="Greg: Secure browsing on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:06" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp329</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux 00:15 Introduction 00:50 Bill buys the book 02:45 HiDPI (4K) monitors 07:30 Display settings 09:14 Change the font size 10:43 Change the icon size 12:49 Change the pointer size 13:49 Modify the greeter 15:50 Why you might not want to use the 4K settings 17:57 A wish for the future 20:24 Some thoughts on why you might use 4K 24:58 We switch from Skype to Discord 26:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 27:32 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="19970048" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp329/glp329.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp329/glp329.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 20 Aug 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 27:32 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>If you have a HiDPI screen, like the one on the Dell XPS 13, you may find that it has tiny icons and fonts that make it difficult to use. You can certainly change the resolution on your display to 1920x1080 (1080P) and simply not use its full capabilities but this podcast episode walks you through adjusting the settings to take full advantage of the full resolution of your beautiful 4K display. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 329 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:50 Bill buys the book <br> 02:45 HiDPI (4K) monitors <br> 07:30 Display settings <br> 09:14 Change the font size <br> 10:43 Change the icon size <br> 12:49 Change the pointer size <br> 13:49 Modify the greeter <br> 15:50 Why you might not want to use the 4K settings <br> 17:57 A wish for the future <br> 20:24 Some thoughts on why you might use 4K <br> 24:58 We switch from Skype to Discord <br> 26:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 27:32 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #329 · Using 4K Monitors on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:50" title="Bill buys the book "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:45" title="HiDPI (4K) monitors "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:30" title="Display settings "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:14" title="Change the font size "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:43" title="Change the icon size "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:49" title="Change the pointer size "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:49" title="Modify the greeter "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:50" title="Why you might not want to use the 4K settings "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:57" title="A wish for the future "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:24" title="Some thoughts on why you might use 4K "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:58" title="We switch from Skype to Discord "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:35" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp328</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:51 Technology adventures 02:02 Bill's new gaming laptop 05:08 Tony: Needs help with screen resolution 08:13 Roy: Asks about App Images 14:03 SkywardAbyss: System76 Stickers 16:21 Serge: Recommended Skype alternatives 20:13 Nancy: About her new book, and ours, 'Your Data, Your Devices, and You' 24:58 Mike: Creating a network drive 28:22 Bob: Mouse button thanks for the offer to help 29:27 Tony: Where do I contribute pictures for network diagrams? 32:41 David: Hardware? Firmware? Software? Bill wins! 38:25 Troy: Learned something new 44:02 Bob: Here's HOW he solved his mouse configuration problems 46:35 Bob: A strange network problem 55:41 Tips on listening to music while you work 58:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 60:30 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="43704320" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp328/glp328.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp328/glp328.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 05 Aug 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 60:30 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We get feedback on stickers, books and Skype alternatives. We get questions on screen resolution, AppImages, network drives and issues, mouse buttons and more. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 328 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:51 Technology adventures <br> 02:02 Bill's new gaming laptop <br> 05:08 Tony: Needs help with screen resolution <br> 08:13 Roy: Asks about App Images <br> 14:03 SkywardAbyss: System76 Stickers <br> 16:21 Serge: Recommended Skype alternatives <br> 20:13 Nancy: About her new book, and ours, 'Your Data, Your Devices, and You' <br> 24:58 Mike: Creating a network drive <br> 28:22 Bob: Mouse button thanks for the offer to help <br> 29:27 Tony: Where do I contribute pictures for network diagrams? <br> 32:41 David: Hardware? Firmware? Software? Bill wins! <br> 38:25 Troy: Learned something new <br> 44:02 Bob: Here's HOW he solved his mouse configuration problems <br> 46:35 Bob: A strange network problem <br> 55:41 Tips on listening to music while you work <br> 58:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 60:30 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #328 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:51" title="Technology adventures "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:02" title="Bill's new gaming laptop "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:08" title="Tony: Needs help with screen resolution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:13" title="Roy: Asks about App Images "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:03" title="SkywardAbyss: System76 Stickers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:21" title="Serge: Recommended Skype alternatives "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:13" title="Nancy: About her new book, and ours, 'Your Data, Your Devices, and You' "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:58" title="Mike: Creating a network drive "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:22" title="Bob: Mouse button thanks for the offer to help "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:27" title="Tony: Where do I contribute pictures for network diagrams? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:41" title="David: Hardware? Firmware? Software? Bill wins! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:25" title="Troy: Learned something new "/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:02" title="Bob: Here's HOW he solved his mouse configuration problems "/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:35" title="Bob: A strange network problem "/>
 <psc:chapter start="55:41" title="Tips on listening to music while you work "/>
 <psc:chapter start="58:35" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp327</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux 00:15 Introduction 01:53 This topic is revisited and updated 02:32 Co-hosts revisited 06:41 The Super Key defined 08:53 Display system information (graphical) 11:42 Display system information (command line) 15:54 Shut down or reboot 20:09 How to control the drag and drop action 22:07 Use a dialog box to open an application or a URL 23:10 Lock your computer quickly 26:05 Bill tries Netrunner 31:56 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 32:55 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="23844864" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp327/glp327.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp327/glp327.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 20 Jul 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 32:55 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>This time we talk about several of the common things you may be familiar with in Windows and describe how you do those same things while using Linux. Sometimes the process the same, and sometimes it's different. Click the show notes links to find even more than we can cover in this short episode. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 327 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:53 This topic is revisited and updated <br> 02:32 Co-hosts revisited <br> 06:41 The Super Key defined <br> 08:53 Display system information (graphical) <br> 11:42 Display system information (command line) <br> 15:54 Shut down or reboot <br> 20:09 How to control the drag and drop action <br> 22:07 Use a dialog box to open an application or a URL <br> 23:10 Lock your computer quickly <br> 26:05 Bill tries Netrunner <br> 31:56 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 32:55 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #327 · Things You Can Do In Windows And How To Do Them In Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:53" title="This topic is revisited and updated "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:32" title="Co-hosts revisited "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:41" title="The Super Key defined "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:53" title="Display system information (graphical) "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:42" title="Display system information (command line) "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:54" title="Shut down or reboot "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:09" title="How to control the drag and drop action "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:07" title="Use a dialog box to open an application or a URL "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:10" title="Lock your computer quickly "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:05" title="Bill tries Netrunner "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:56" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp326</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:58 Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX 02:45 Greg: Servers for home use 06:08 Sebastien: The community found the problem! 07:26 George: 'Magic Key' to installing Linux on a Mac 09:00 Orion: Refind 09:34 Steve: Mouse button mapping with Pystromo 10:38 Malte: Backup files created in the future! 11:18 Jim: Problems with Skype 14:02 John: Ethernet unplugged in Virtualbox 15:56 Paul: Where does a command-line installation get its applications? 18:03 David: The steps for clearing a filled hard drive 19:54 Heath: Other filled hard drive possibilities 22:40 Greg: Any update on Thinkpad T420? 24:39 Göran: File system mounts 26:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 27:35 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="20004864" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp326/glp326.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp326/glp326.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 05 Jul 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 27:35 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Larry has published a book: 'Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX.' Sebastien solves his problem with the filled-up hard drive. We find out how, and some other things to consider. We find there is no magic key for installing Linux on Apple hardware. Much more! </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 326 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:58 Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX <br> 02:45 Greg: Servers for home use <br> 06:08 Sebastien: The community found the problem! <br> 07:26 George: "Magic Key" to installing Linux on a Mac <br> 09:00 Orion: Refind <br> 09:34 Steve: Mouse button mapping with Pystromo <br> 10:38 Malte: Backup files created in the future! <br> 11:18 Jim: Problems with Skype <br> 14:02 John: Ethernet unplugged in Virtualbox <br> 15:56 Paul: Where does a command-line installation get its applications? <br> 18:03 David: The steps for clearing a filled hard drive <br> 19:54 Heath: Other filled hard drive possibilities <br> 22:40 Greg: Any update on Thinkpad T420? <br> 24:39 Göran: File system mounts <br> 26:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 27:35 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #326 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:58" title="Ubuntu MATE: Upgrading from Windows or OSX "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:45" title="Greg: Servers for home use "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:08" title="Sebastien: The community found the problem! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:26" title="George: 'Magic Key' to installing Linux on a Mac "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:00" title="Orion: Refind "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:34" title="Steve: Mouse button mapping with Pystromo "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:38" title="Malte: Backup files created in the future! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:18" title="Jim: Problems with Skype "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:02" title="John: Ethernet unplugged in Virtualbox "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:56" title="Paul: Where does a command-line installation get its applications? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:03" title="David: The steps for clearing a filled hard drive "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:54" title="Heath: Other filled hard drive possibilities "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:40" title="Greg: Any update on Thinkpad T420? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:39" title="Göran: File system mounts "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:35" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp325</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade 00:15 Introduction 01:02 It all started innocently enough... 01:34 Rolling release vs. nuke and pave 04:10 Our experiences 16:04 Limitations of upgrades and rolling releases 18:13 Uninstalling applications via the command line 19:03 Remove vs. purge 19:23 man apt-get 21:19 Additional insights 21:39 debOrphan 24:35 Configuration files 25:09 4 easy steps to nuke and pave, retaining all of your preferences and settings 28:40 In the final analysis... 29:40 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 30:45 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="22286336" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp325/glp325.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp325/glp325.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jun 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 30:45 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Inspired by an exchange between our community members in our 'Going Linux Podcast' Google+ community, we discuss how Windows, OSX and Linux all leave stuff behind after an upgrade, and what you can do to minimize or eliminate this on Linux. We provide several points of view on the concpets of
 ]]>
 <![CDATA[
 Nuke and Pave vs. Rolling Release, and the differences between the 'remove' and 'purge' options for the command 'apt-get'. We also describe how to keep your preferences and settings for all of you Linux applications after an OS upgrade and after a nuke and pave. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 325 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:02 It all started innocently enough... <br> 01:34 Rolling release vs. nuke and pave <br> 04:10 Our experiences <br> 16:04 Limitations of upgrades and rolling releases <br> 18:13 Uninstalling applications via the command line <br> 19:03 Remove vs. purge <br> 19:23 man apt-get <br> 21:19 Additional insights <br> 21:39 debOrphan <br> 24:35 Configuration files <br> 25:09 4 easy steps to nuke and pave, retaining all of your preferences and settings <br> 28:40 In the final analysis... <br> 29:40 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 30:45 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #325 · Getting Rid of 'Cruft' After An Upgrade "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:02" title="It all started innocently enough... "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:34" title="Rolling release vs. nuke and pave "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:10" title="Our experiences "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:04" title="Limitations of upgrades and rolling releases "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:13" title="Uninstalling applications via the command line "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:03" title="Remove vs. purge "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:23" title="man apt-get "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:19" title="Additional insights "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:39" title="debOrphan "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:35" title="Configuration files "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:09" title="4 easy steps to nuke and pave, retaining all of your preferences and settings "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:40" title="In the final analysis... "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:40" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp324</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:57 New processors have Bill drooling 05:10 Voice Mail: On requirement specs in reviews 13:04 Marian: Use 'du' to find out why hard drive is filling up; Linux isn't always easier 18:39 Miguel: A solute and a suggestion to use 'du' or 'ncdu' 19:32 Eldon: Also suggests 'ncdu' 20:48 Small Box Admin: Another vote for 'du' 22:56 Chris: Screen recorders for Linux 26:37 Richard: You will only boot Windows or else! 29:55 Chard: A suggestion for Bill 32:25 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:52 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="24528896" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp324/glp324.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp324/glp324.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jun 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 33:52 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We have several suggestions from our listeners for Sebastien on his filled hard drive, a request for a recommendation on a screen recorder for Linux and a story about dual booting. Chard has a recommendation for Bill's next computer. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 324 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:57 New processors have Bill drooling <br> 05:10 Voice Mail: On requirement specs in reviews <br> 13:04 Marian: Use 'du' to find out why hard drive is filling up; Linux isn't always easier <br> 18:39 Miguel: A solute and a suggestion to use 'du' or 'ncdu' <br> 19:32 Eldon: Also suggests 'ncdu' <br> 20:48 Small Box Admin: Another vote for 'du' <br> 22:56 Chris: Screen recorders for Linux <br> 26:37 Richard: You will only boot Windows or else! <br> 29:55 Chard: A suggestion for Bill <br> 32:25 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 33:52 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #324 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:57" title="New processors have Bill drooling "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:10" title="Voice Mail: On requirement specs in reviews "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:04" title="Marian: Use 'du' to find out why hard drive is filling up; Linux isn't always easier "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:39" title="Miguel: A solute and a suggestion to use 'du' or 'ncdu' "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:32" title="Eldon: Also suggests 'ncdu' "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:48" title="Small Box Admin: Another vote for 'du' "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:56" title="Chris: Screen recorders for Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:37" title="Richard: You will only boot Windows or else! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:55" title="Chard: A suggestion for Bill "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:25" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp323</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution 00:15 Introduction 00:45 Ubutu MATE: A distribution for everyone 02:27 A typical modern Linux distribution 03:35 Modern and full-featured 04:07 Pre-configured, yet flexible 04:32 Security built-in 05:13 An official flavor of Ubuntu 08:26 Applications provided by the MATE desktop 09:00 File browser: Caja 09:34 Text editor: Pluma 10:08 Archive manager: Engrampa 11:08 Image viewer: Eye of MATE 11:30 Document viewer: Atril 11:50 MATE System Monitor 12:08 MATE Terminal 12:31 Control Center 15:45 Applications provided by the Ubuntu MATE distribution 16:11 Ubuntu MATE Welcome 18:51 Web browser: Firefox 19:10 Mail: Thunderbird 20:01 Office suite: LibreOffice 21:42 Mobile device support 22:27 Document management 23:10 Printing 23:54 Scanning: SimpleScan 24:52 PDF creation 25:38 Entertainment 25:54 Music and audio player: Rhythmbox 26:36 Digital photo organizer: Shotwell 27:09 Video player: VLC 28:56 Games 31:04 Security 31:35 Continuous updates 32:33 Infection insulation 34:48 Trusted software 36:23 Backups: Déjà Dup 37:47 Firewall: ucfw 38:24 Accessibility software 41:49 Specs? Who needs specs? 43:14 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:25 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="32124928" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp323/glp323.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp323/glp323.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 20 May 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 44:25 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Not every Linux distro is the same, but many have very similar features and applications. In today's episode we review Ubuntu MATE from the perspective that it is a typical modern Linux distro for the average user. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 323 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #323
 ]]>
 <![CDATA[
 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:45 Ubutu MATE: A distribution for everyone <br> 02:27 A typical modern Linux distribution <br> 03:35 Modern and full-featured <br> 04:07 Pre-configured, yet flexible <br> 04:32 Security built-in <br> 05:13 An official flavor of Ubuntu <br> 08:26 Applications provided by the MATE desktop <br> 09:00 File browser: Caja <br> 09:34 Text editor: Pluma <br> 10:08 Archive manager: Engrampa <br> 11:08 Image viewer: Eye of MATE <br> 11:30 Document viewer: Atril <br> 11:50 MATE System Monitor <br> 12:08 MATE Terminal <br> 12:31 Control Center <br> 15:45 Applications provided by the Ubuntu MATE distribution <br> 16:11 Ubuntu MATE Welcome <br> 18:51 Web browser: Firefox <br> 19:10 Mail: Thunderbird <br> 20:01 Office suite: LibreOffice <br> 21:42 Mobile device support <br> 22:27 Document management <br> 23:10 Printing <br> 23:54 Scanning: SimpleScan <br> 24:52 PDF creation <br> 25:38 Entertainment <br> 25:54 Music and audio player: Rhythmbox <br> 26:36 Digital photo organizer: Shotwell <br> 27:09 Video player: VLC <br> 28:56 Games <br> 31:04 Security <br> 31:35 Continuous updates <br> 32:33 Infection insulation <br> 34:48 Trusted software <br> 36:23 Backups: Déjà Dup <br> 37:47 Firewall: ucfw <br> 38:24 Accessibility software <br> 41:49 Specs? Who needs specs? <br> 43:14 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 44:25 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #323 · Ubuntu MATE: A Typical Linux Distribution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:45" title="Ubutu MATE: A distribution for everyone "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:27" title="A typical modern Linux distribution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:35" title="Modern and full-featured "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:07" title="Pre-configured, yet flexible "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:32" title="Security built-in "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:13" title="An official flavor of Ubuntu "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:26" title="Applications provided by the MATE desktop "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:00" title="File browser: Caja "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:34" title="Text editor: Pluma "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:08" title="Archive manager: Engrampa "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:08" title="Image viewer: Eye of MATE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:30" title="Document viewer: Atril "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:50" title="MATE System Monitor "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:08" title="MATE Terminal "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:31" title="Control Center "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:45" title="Applications provided by the Ubuntu MATE distribution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:11" title="Ubuntu MATE Welcome "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:51" title="Web browser: Firefox "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:10" title="Mail: Thunderbird "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:01" title="Office suite: LibreOffice "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:42" title="Mobile device support "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:27" title="Document management "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:10" title="Printing "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:54" title="Scanning: SimpleScan "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:52" title="PDF creation "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:38" title="Entertainment "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:54" title="Music and audio player: Rhythmbox "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:36" title="Digital photo organizer: Shotwell "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:09" title="Video player: VLC "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:56" title="Games "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:04" title="Security "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:35" title="Continuous updates "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:33" title="Infection insulation "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:48" title="Trusted software "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:23" title="Backups: Déjà Dup "/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:47" title="Firewall: ucfw "/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:24" title="Accessibility software "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:49" title="Specs? Who needs specs? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:14" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #322 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp322</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #322 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #322 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 Episode Delay 01:43 Harold: Wifi problems 05:43 Greg: Password Safe and Dropbox 07:45 Ambrose: More wifi problems 12:52 Billy: How long will it take Ubuntu to get back on track? 16:27 Bob: The trackball, continued 19:29 Ambrose: Responds 22:36 Sebastien: Needs help 28:51 David: MATE Rocks! 32:19 App pick: Simplenote 34:44 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:48 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="25921536" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp322/glp322.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp322/glp322.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 05 May 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 35:48 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Our listeners ask about Wifi issues, Ubuntu's changes, trackball configuration and more. We get comments on a password manager and on installing Linux on an HP Stream. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 322 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #322 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:52 Episode Delay <br> 01:43 Harold: Wifi problems <br> 05:43 Greg: Password Safe and Dropbox <br> 07:45 Ambrose: More wifi problems <br> 12:52 Billy: How long will it take Ubuntu to get back on track? <br> 16:27 Bob: The trackball, continued <br> 19:29 Ambrose: Responds <br> 22:36 Sebastien: Needs help <br> 28:51 David: MATE Rocks! <br> 32:19 App pick: Simplenote <br> 34:44 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 35:48 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="322 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:52" title="Episode Delay "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:43" title="Harold: Wifi problems "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:43" title="Greg: Password Safe and Dropbox "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:45" title="Ambrose: More wifi problems "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:52" title="Billy: How long will it take Ubuntu to get back on track? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:27" title="Bob: The trackball, continued "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:29" title="Ambrose: Responds "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:36" title="Sebastien: Needs help "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:51" title="David: MATE Rocks! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:19" title="App pick: Simplenote "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:44" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #321 · Sabayon Revisited </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp321</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #321 · Sabayon Revisited </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #321 · Sabayon Revisited 00:15 Introduction 01:46 Bill needs a new desktop computer: build or buy? 04:57 Larry's upgrade to Ubuntu MATE 17.04 07:36 Sabayon revisited 08:46 System resource usage is quite low 09:57 What is Sabayon? 10:53 Sabayon facts 12:57 Package Manager: Rigo 13:59 Pros and cons 15:30 Rolling release 18:45 System requirements 21:03 Sabayon community 21:59 Rant: KDE! 22:49 Replacing KDE with Cinnamon 23:44 5 Official versions 25:37 Recommendation 28:46 Applications available 31:37 Bill's new rating for Sabayon 33:14 Ubuntu MATE or Linux Mint still better for a new Linux user 36:37 Sabayon should give you a pretty good experience as long as you stay away from KDE 41:58 Ubuntu Gnome vs. MATE 44:00 Recommend a new machine for Bill 45:10 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:08 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="33361920" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp321/glp321.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp321/glp321.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 46:08 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Bill has taken the time to review Sabayon Linux once again. He revises his score, gives some specific examples, plus and minus. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 321 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #321 · Sabayon Revisited <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:46 Bill needs a new desktop computer: build or buy? <br> 04:57 Larry's upgrade to Ubuntu MATE 17.04 <br> 07:36 Sabayon revisited <br> 08:46 System resource usage is quite low <br> 09:57 What is Sabayon? <br> 10:53 Sabayon facts <br> 12:57 Package Manager: Rigo <br> 13:59 Pros and cons <br> 15:30 Rolling release <br> 18:45 System requirements <br> 21:03 Sabayon community <br> 21:59 Rant: KDE! <br> 22:49 Replacing KDE with Cinnamon <br> 23:44 5 Official versions <br> 25:37 Recommendation <br> 28:46 Applications available <br> 31:37 Bill's new rating for Sabayon <br> 33:14 Ubuntu MATE or Linux Mint still better for a new Linux user <br> 36:37 Sabayon should give you a pretty good experience as long as you stay away from KDE <br> 41:58 Ubuntu Gnome vs. MATE <br> 44:00 Recommend a new machine for Bill <br> 45:10 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 46:08 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="321 · Sabayon Revisited "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:46" title="Bill needs a new desktop computer: build or buy? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:57" title="Larry's upgrade to Ubuntu MATE 17.04 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:36" title="Sabayon revisited "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:46" title="System resource usage is quite low "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:57" title="What is Sabayon? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:53" title="Sabayon facts "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:57" title="Package Manager: Rigo "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:59" title="Pros and cons "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:30" title="Rolling release "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:45" title="System requirements "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:03" title="Sabayon community "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:59" title="Rant: KDE! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:49" title="Replacing KDE with Cinnamon "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:44" title="5 Official versions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:37" title="Recommendation "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:46" title="Applications available "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:37" title="Bill's new rating for Sabayon "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:14" title="Ubuntu MATE or Linux Mint still better for a new Linux user "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:37" title="Sabayon should give you a pretty good experience as long as you stay away from KDE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:58" title="Ubuntu Gnome vs. MATE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:00" title="Recommend a new machine for Bill "/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:10" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp320</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 320 · Listener Feedback 02:36 New computers? 05:23 Mario: Comment on Episode 319 08:30 Nicholai: Browsing a home network 10:56 Paul: Computrace? 15:24 Mike: Remote to Linux from a Surface 17:40 Bob: Using Wine 21:43 Bob: Logitec M570 mouse buttons 24:50 Rainy: Experience with Firefox Ubuntu Gnome 28:10 Daniel: Installing on a USB drive 31:05 Chard: Buggy Ubuntu wifi 34:05 Paul: Optimal home partition size 40:42 Jim: Lucky Backup 41:14 Bill's app pickLibreOffice 43:36 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 44:52 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="32448512" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp320/glp320.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp320/glp320.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 05 Apr 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 44:52 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>In this episode we have contributons from listeners on backup software for Linux, and questions on browsing networks, running Wine, setting up extra mouse buttons, buggy wifi, optimal partition sizes, and more. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 320 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 02:36 New computers? <br> 05:23 Mario: Comment on Episode 319 <br> 08:30 Nicholai: Browsing a home network <br> 10:56 Paul: Computrace? <br> 15:24 Mike: Remote to Linux from a Surface <br> 17:40 Bob: Using Wine <br> 21:43 Bob: Logitec M570 mouse buttons <br> 24:50 Rainy: Experience with Firefox Ubuntu Gnome <br> 28:10 Daniel: Installing on a USB drive <br> 31:05 Chard: Buggy Ubuntu wifi <br> 34:05 Paul: Optimal home partition size <br> 40:42 Jim: Lucky Backup <br> 41:14 Bill's app pickLibreOffice <br> 43:36 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 44:52 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #320 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:36" title="New computers? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:23" title="Mario: Comment on Episode 319 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:30" title="Nicholai: Browsing a home network "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:56" title="Paul: Computrace? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:24" title="Mike: Remote to Linux from a Surface "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:40" title="Bob: Using Wine "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:43" title="Bob: Logitec M570 mouse buttons "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:50" title="Rainy: Experience with Firefox Ubuntu Gnome "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:10" title="Daniel: Installing on a USB drive "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:05" title="Chard: Buggy Ubuntu wifi "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:05" title="Paul: Optimal home partition size "/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:42" title="Jim: Lucky Backup "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:14" title="Bill's app pickLibreOffice "/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:36" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp319</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync 00:15 Introduction 00:45 Bill moves to New Mexico 03:40 Grsync 04:06 Backup before you upgrade 04:58 Backup hardware 07:44 Backup software 08:40 A graphical front-end for rsync 09:28 Grsync is cross-platform 11:35 Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form... 11:53 ... without the disadvantages of rsync 13:53 University of Aukland NZ 16:08 Piero Orsoni's list of features of grsync 19:00 Why use an old program like grsync rather than the more modern options? 21:30 Grsync outputs the rsync commands 25:09 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 26:09 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="18968576" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp319/glp319.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp319/glp319.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 26:09 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Following our recommendations for strategies and methods of backing up your computer, we discuss an old tool, rsync, and it's graphical front-end, grsync. Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form without the disadvantages of rsync. With the approaching release of the next iteration of Ubuntu and its derivatives, many of us will be looking to upgrade. Before making any major change to your system, a backup is an essential precaution. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 319 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:45 Bill moves to New Mexico <br> 03:40 Grsync <br> 04:06 Backup before you upgrade <br> 04:58 Backup hardware <br> 07:44 Backup software <br> 08:40 A graphical front-end for rsync <br> 09:28 Grsync is cross-platform <br> 11:35 Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form... <br> 11:53 ... without the disadvantages of rsync <br> 13:53 University of Aukland NZ <br> 16:08 Piero Orsoni's list of features of grsync <br> 19:00 Why use an old program like grsync rather than the more modern options? <br> 21:30 Grsync outputs the rsync commands <br> 25:09 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 26:09 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #319 · Backups with Grsync "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:45" title="Bill moves to New Mexico "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:40" title="Grsync "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:06" title="Backup before you upgrade "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:58" title="Backup hardware "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:44" title="Backup software "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:40" title="A graphical front-end for rsync "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:28" title="Grsync is cross-platform "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:35" title="Almost all the options of rsync in a graphical form... "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:53" title="... without the disadvantages of rsync "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:53" title="University of Aukland NZ "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:08" title="Piero Orsoni's list of features of grsync "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:00" title="Why use an old program like grsync rather than the more modern options? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:30" title="Grsync outputs the rsync commands "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:09" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #318 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp318</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #318 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #318 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:09 David: Feedback on feedback on feedback 02:30 Troy: A word of caution on ImgBurn 04:28 Benjamin: A familiar suggestion 05:08 Charles: Why are there no standard drivers for Linux, like on Windows? 16:32 Paul: Mint 18 or 17.3? 18:48 Mario: Congrats on 10 years! 20:56 Armin: Discovered Linux through BSD 22:29 Michael: What are the real differences between distros? 25:52 Amar: Congrats on 10 years 26:15 Michael: Does Mint MATE come with Orca by default? 27:41 David: MATE 16.04 does not recognize screen resolution in Virutal Box 28:56 Michael: Needs some help 30:35 Matt: Provides a review on video 31:22 Anders: Suggests Lubuntu 33:11 Carl: What kind of voodoo witchcraft is this? 36:12 Jacabo: About the last episode 38:15 Joshua: Gone Linux! 41:36 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 42:34 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="30799872" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp318/glp318.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp318/glp318.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 05 Mar 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 42:34 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>As always, we receive feedback on previous episodes, but this time we also receive feedback on our feedback on feedback. We have a word of caution for Windows users burning Linux ISO files with ImgBurn, questions on Linux drivers and the differences between distros, suggestions on getting Ubuntu MATE installed and a Gone Linux story. There is much more feedback in the episode than we can list here, so you will just have to listen. We know you will anyway! </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 318 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #318 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:09 David: Feedback on feedback on feedback <br> 02:30 Troy: A word of caution on ImgBurn <br> 04:28 Benjamin: A familiar suggestion <br> 05:08 Charles: Why are there no standard drivers for Linux, like on Windows? <br> 16:32 Paul: Mint 18 or 17.3? <br> 18:48 Mario: Congrats on 10 years! <br> 20:56 Armin: Discovered Linux through BSD <br> 22:29 Michael: What are the real differences between distros? <br> 25:52 Amar: Congrats on 10 years <br> 26:15 Michael: Does Mint MATE come with Orca by default? <br> 27:41 David: MATE 16.04 does not recognize screen resolution in Virutal Box <br> 28:56 Michael: Needs some help <br> 30:35 Matt: Provides a review on video <br> 31:22 Anders: Suggests Lubuntu <br> 33:11 Carl: What kind of voodoo witchcraft is this? <br> 36:12 Jacabo: About the last episode <br> 38:15 Joshua: Gone Linux! <br> 41:36 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 42:34 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:09" title="David: Feedback on feedback on feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:30" title="Troy: A word of caution on ImgBurn "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:28" title="Benjamin: A familiar suggestion "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:08" title="Charles: Why are there no standard drivers for Linux, like on Windows? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:32" title="Paul: Mint 18 or 17.3? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:48" title="Mario: Congrats on 10 years! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:56" title="Armin: Discovered Linux through BSD "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:29" title="Michael: What are the real differences between distros? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:52" title="Amar: Congrats on 10 years "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:15" title="Michael: Does Mint MATE come with Orca by default? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:41" title="David: MATE 16.04 does not recognize screen resolution in Virutal Box "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:56" title="Michael: Needs some help "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:35" title="Matt: Provides a review on video "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:22" title="Anders: Suggests Lubuntu "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:11" title="Carl: What kind of voodoo witchcraft is this? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:12" title="Jacabo: About the last episode "/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:15" title="Joshua: Gone Linux! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:36" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp317</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed 00:15 Introduction 00:59 Rain in the desert 02:03 A review of non-Debian Linux distributions 03:01 RPM vs. DEB 07:12 Sabayon 17:51 Scientific Linux 25:20 openSuSE 35:53 Fedora 43:01 PCLinuxOS 50:10 ArchBang 53:52 So... did Bill switch to an RPM distribution? 60:29 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 61:29 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="44412928" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp317/glp317.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp317/glp317.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 20 Feb 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 61:29 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>At our listeners' requests, we provide a review of some non-Debian Linux distributions. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 317 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:59 Rain in the desert <br> 02:03 A review of non-Debian Linux distributions <br> 03:01 RPM vs. DEB <br> 07:12 Sabayon <br> 17:51 Scientific Linux <br> 25:20 openSuSE <br> 35:53 Fedora <br> 43:01 PCLinuxOS <br> 50:10 ArchBang <br> 53:52 So... did Bill switch to an RPM distribution? <br> 60:29 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 61:29 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #317 · Linux Distros Reviewed "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:59" title="Rain in the desert "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:03" title="A review of non-Debian Linux distributions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:01" title="RPM vs. DEB "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:12" title="Sabayon "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:51" title="Scientific Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:20" title="openSuSE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:53" title="Fedora "/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:01" title="PCLinuxOS "/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:10" title="ArchBang "/>
 <psc:chapter start="53:52" title="So... did Bill switch to an RPM distribution? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="60:29" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp316</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:08 Will Secure Boot drive Bill to System76? 02:34 Cloud-based software enables Linux 04:41 How the cloud helps eliminate license fees for operating systems as well as applications 08:12 How cloud software improves data security 10:29 Michael: Burning a Live DVD in Windows 10 16:24 David: Installing and mounting additional drives 30:50 Tony: Burn YouTube videos to DVD 32:49 Chandra: More on Fedora, SuSE, and RPM-based distros 38:26 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 39:21 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="28477440" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp316/glp316.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp316/glp316.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 05 Feb 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 39:21 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Bill's frustration with SecureBoot on an Asus netbook nudges him toward a computer with Linux pre-installed. Michael needs help burning a Sonar LiveDVD on Windows. David provides a 3-part email. Tony is burning DVDs. Chandra would like to see more content on RPM distros. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 316 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:08 Will Secure Boot drive Bill to System76? <br> 02:34 Cloud-based software enables Linux <br> 04:41 How the cloud helps eliminate license fees for operating systems as well as applications <br> 08:12 How cloud software improves data security <br> 10:29 Michael: Burning a Live DVD in Windows 10 <br> 16:24 David: Installing and mounting additional drives <br> 30:50 Tony: Burn YouTube videos to DVD <br> 32:49 Chandra: More on Fedora, SuSE, and RPM-based distros <br> 38:26 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 39:21 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #316 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:08" title="Will Secure Boot drive Bill to System76? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:34" title="Cloud-based software enables Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:41" title="How the cloud helps eliminate license fees for operating systems as well as applications "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:12" title="How cloud software improves data security "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:29" title="Michael: Burning a Live DVD in Windows 10 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:24" title="David: Installing and mounting additional drives "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:50" title="Tony: Burn YouTube videos to DVD "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:49" title="Chandra: More on Fedora, SuSE, and RPM-based distros "/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:26" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp315</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode 00:15 Introduction 00:42 10 years in review 01:39 6 years of Computer America 02:57 The year of change for Bill 04:02 Ubuntu includes support for ZFS 04:59 Open source licensing 08:15 Creative Commons licensing 11:44 Linux kernel license 13:52 10 years of co-hosts 20:18 Another pay increase for Bill! 20:51 10 years of Larry 22:55 Notable accomplishments 25:14 2016 Review 25:53 Fedora is first to ship with Wayland 29:42 Firefox OS 31:56 Mythbuntu shuts down 34:00 Microsoft loves Linux 42:04 KDE turns 20 42:45 Linux turns 25 46:47 Bill's favorite Linux 48:30 Larry's favorite Linux 53:38 2016: A good year for Linux 55:19 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 56:52 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="41089024" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp315/glp315.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp315/glp315.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 20 Jan 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 56:52 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We celebrate 10 years of the Going Linux podcast, and review some significant happenings for Linux in 2016. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 315 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:42 10 years in review <br> 01:39 6 years
 ]]>
 <![CDATA[
 of Computer America <br> 02:57 The year of change for Bill <br> 04:02 Ubuntu includes support for ZFS <br> 04:59 Open source licensing <br> 08:15 Creative Commons licensing <br> 11:44 Linux kernel license <br> 13:52 10 years of co-hosts <br> 20:18 Another pay increase for Bill! <br> 20:51 10 years of Larry <br> 22:55 Notable accomplishments <br> 25:14 2016 Review <br> 25:53 Fedora is first to ship with Wayland <br> 29:42 Firefox OS <br> 31:56 Mythbuntu shuts down <br> 34:00 Microsoft loves Linux <br> 42:04 KDE turns 20 <br> 42:45 Linux turns 25 <br> 46:47 Bill's favorite Linux <br> 48:30 Larry's favorite Linux <br> 53:38 2016: A good year for Linux <br> 55:19 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 56:52 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #315 · 10th Anniversary Episode "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:42 10 years in review "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:39 6 years of Computer America "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:57 The year of change for Bill "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:02 Ubuntu includes support for ZFS "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:59 Open source licensing "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:15 Creative Commons licensing "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:44 Linux kernel license "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:52 10 years of co-hosts "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:18 Another pay increase for Bill! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:51 10 years of Larry "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:55 Notable accomplishments "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:14 2016 Review "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:53 Fedora is first to ship with Wayland "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:42 Firefox OS "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:56 Mythbuntu shuts down "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:00 Microsoft loves Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:04 KDE turns 20 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:45 Linux turns 25 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:47 Bill's favorite Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="48:30 Larry's favorite Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="53:38 2016: A good year for Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="55:19" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp314</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:12 Llewellyn: Screen sharing across platforms 04:47 Dion: Backups 06:39 David: Recommendations for multi-boot 09:49 Gone Linux: Nathan 11:27 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 12:35 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="9205760" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp314/glp314.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp314/glp314.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 05 Jan 2017 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 12:35 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>In our first episode of 2017 we read emails from listeners and answer their questions. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 314 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:12 Llewellyn: Screen sharing across platforms <br> 04:47 Dion: Backups <br> 06:39 David: Recommendations for multi-boot <br> 09:49 Gone Linux: Nathan <br> 11:27 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 12:35 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #314 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:12" title="Llewellyn: Screen sharing across platforms "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:47" title="Dion: Backups "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:39" title="David: Recommendations for multi-boot "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:49" title="Gone Linux: Nathan "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:27" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp313</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers 00:15 Introduction 01:12 How to get help when you are using Linux 01:47 Use the F1 key for onboard help 03:14 Official websites 03:21 Community help 05:10 RTFM 05:53 Search in the discussion forums 06:40 Examples of communities you can browse for answers 08:23 You may find your answer in another distribution's forum 11:25 Using search engines like Google 11:42 Enterprise level support 12:59 Contract support for Linux 14:17 Support from your Linux computer manufacturer 15:11 Getting support for Open Source and Linux applications 16:10 Listen to podcasts for support 17:22 Onboard help for Linux applications 22:59 Application-specific support 23:32 Help at the command line 25:40 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 26:41 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="19357696" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp313/glp313.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp313/glp313.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 20 Dec 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 26:41 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>You can get help for your Linux computer in many ways. In this episode we provide some details about each kind of support. Many of the answers to your questions are available on your distribution's website. Often, the fastest and easiest way to get answers to your questions about how to use Li
 ]]>
 <![CDATA[
 nux and its applications is to ask in the distribution's community forum. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 313 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:12 How to get help when you are using Linux <br> 01:47 Use the F1 key for onboard help <br> 03:14 Official websites <br> 03:21 Community help <br> 05:10 RTFM <br> 05:53 Search in the discussion forums <br> 06:40 Examples of communities you can browse for answers <br> 08:23 You may find your answer in another distribution's forum <br> 11:25 Using search engines like Google <br> 11:42 Enterprise level support <br> 12:59 Contract support for Linux <br> 14:17 Support from your Linux computer manufacturer <br> 15:11 Getting support for Open Source and Linux applications <br> 16:10 Listen to podcasts for support <br> 17:22 Onboard help for Linux applications <br> 22:59 Application-specific support <br> 23:32 Help at the command line <br> 25:40 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 26:41 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #313 · Getting Support for Linux Computers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:12" title="How to get help when you are using Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:47" title="Use the F1 key for onboard help "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:14" title="Official websites "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:21" title="Community help "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:10" title="RTFM "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:53" title="Search in the discussion forums "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:40" title="Examples of communities you can browse for answers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:23" title="You may find your answer in another distribution's forum "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:25" title="Using search engines like Google "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:42" title="Enterprise level support "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:59" title="Contract support for Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:17" title="Support from your Linux computer manufacturer "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:11" title="Getting support for Open Source and Linux applications "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:10" title="Listen to podcasts for support "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:22" title="Onboard help for Linux applications "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:59" title="Application-specific support "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:32" title="Help at the command line "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:40" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp312</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:14 Lyle: Test your backups! 05:39 Andrew: Partitioning and email 07:45 Jim: Launch Audacity in recording mode 10:09 Allan: Scrivener 13:58 Nathan: Converting others to Linux 18:31 Ambrose: MBR Filter 26:30 Application pick: Firefox 30:09 Application pick: Yelp 32:30 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:52 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="24528896" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp312/glp312.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp312/glp312.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 05 Dec 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 33:52 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>In this episode, Bill and Larry discuss feedback about backups, partitioning, cron jobs, Scrivener, the Windows MBR, and more. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 312 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 02:14 Lyle: Test your backups! <br
 ]]>
 <![CDATA[
 > 05:39 Andrew: Partitioning and email <br> 07:45 Jim: Launch Audacity in recording mode <br> 10:09 Allan: Scrivener <br> 13:58 Nathan: Converting others to Linux <br> 18:31 Ambrose: MBR Filter <br> 26:30 Application pick: Firefox <br> 30:09 Application pick: Yelp <br> 32:30 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 33:52 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #312 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:14" title="Lyle: Test your backups! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:39" title="Andrew: Partitioning and email "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:45" title="Jim: Launch Audacity in recording mode "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:09" title="Allan: Scrivener "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:58" title="Nathan: Converting others to Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:31" title="Ambrose: MBR Filter "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:30" title="Application pick: Firefox "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:09" title="Application pick: Yelp "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:30" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp311</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop 00:15 Introduction 01:13 Connecting to, and controlling a remote computer using X2Go 02:32 Installing X2Go 03:03 Installing the X2Go Server 04:59 Installing the X2Go Client 06:35 Setting up an X2Go session 10:10 Using X2Go 12:18 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 13:18 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="9721856" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp311/glp311.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp311/glp311.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 20 Nov 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 13:18 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Remote desktop technology for Linux has progressed since we first discussed it in 2010. Our recommendations have changed as a result. Now we recommend X2Go, which is more secure and more flexible. In this episode Larry describes how to install and use X2Go. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 311 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:13 Connecting to, and controlling a remote computer using X2Go <br> 02:32 Installing X2Go <br> 03:03 Installing the X2Go Server <br> 04:59 Installing the X2Go Client <br> 06:35 Setting up an X2Go session <br> 10:10 Using X2Go <br> 12:18 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 13:18 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #311 · Controlling a Remote Desktop "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:13" title="Connecting to, and controlling a remote computer using X2Go "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:32" title="Installing X2Go "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:03" title="Installing the X2Go Server "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:59" title="Installing the X2Go Client "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:35" title="Setting up an X2Go session "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:10" title="Using X2Go "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:18" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp310</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 Larry needs more coffee 02:25 Snake: Partitioning a new hard drive 05:33 Tony: Email issues 09:24 JackDeth: Printers and Linux 14:46 Steve: ThinkPads on Linux 21:34 Marcio: New listener 22:18 JackDeth: 12-button mouse 23:58 Paul: Marketing Linux computers 30:42 Troy: Backups for small businesses 35:22 Ken: AMD processors and Linux 40:14 Eduardo: Securing backups 45:03 Madison: Gone Linux 54:24 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 55:33 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="40140800" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp310/glp310.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp310/glp310.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 05 Nov 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 55:33 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Bill and Larry solve the world's Linux issues... well the ones provided via our listener feedback anyway! From printers to ThinkPads and from marketing Linux to backups and processors, we discuss it all, and more. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 310 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:52 Larry needs more coffee <br> 02:25 Snake: Partitioning a new hard drive <br> 05:33 Tony: Email issues <br> 09:24 JackDeth: Printers and Linux <br> 14:46 Steve: ThinkPads on Linux <br> 21:34 Marcio: New listener <br> 22:18 JackDeth: 12-button mouse <br> 23:58 Paul: Marketing Linux computers <br> 30:42 Troy: Backups for small businesses <br> 35:22 Ken: AMD processors and Linux <br> 40:14 Eduardo: Securing backups <br> 45:03 Madison: Gone Linux <br> 54:24 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 55:33 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #310 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:52" title="Larry needs more coffee "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:25" title="Snake: Partitioning a new hard drive "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:33" title="Tony: Email issues "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:24" title="JackDeth: Printers and Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:46" title="Steve: ThinkPads on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:34" title="Marcio: New listener "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:18" title="JackDeth: 12-button mouse "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:58" title="Paul: Marketing Linux computers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:42" title="Troy: Backups for small businesses "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:22" title="Ken: AMD processors and Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:14" title="Eduardo: Securing backups "/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:03" title="Madison: Gone Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="54:24" title="goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe "/>
 <psc:chapter start="55:33" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #309 · Today's Security Technology </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp309</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #309 · Today's Security Technology </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #309 · Today's Security Technology 00:15 Introduction 01:38 Bill has AI overload 03:44 The area of security changes so fast 04:07 Why Linux is safer 04:53 By default, Linux users do not run as administrators 06:36 Get software from trusted sources 07:04 Super User vs. Root 09:16 Linux requires your password to install sofware 10:14 Updates on Linux are never installed without your permission and always require your password 11:23 Good passwords are important 11:59 If you share your computer, setup a guest account 12:43 How is Linux setup to be more secure? 16:49 Passwords: A help or a hinderance for security? 17:42 Browser security 18:09 Tracking and cookies 22:08 Data collection by your operating system 23:15 How much information IS Windows 10 collecting about you? 26:22 ... and what are they doing with it? 28:27 Paranoia or just appropriately cautious? 29:24 Should you know what's in an update and have the choice of whether to install it or not? 31:49 Security patch release timing 34:19 Data collection and virtual assistants 39:30 Encrypting your data 43:21 Our basic Linux security recommendations 45:12 Use antivirus if you touch Windows files 46:05 Enable your software firewall 46:42 Stay updated 47:11 Use strong passwords 47:47 Make backups regularly 47:50 Install only from trusted sources 48:23 Use security-related browser plug-ins 48:56 Use common sense - be aware 52:53 Windows security recommendations 54:20 Run this list of software preventatively 56:05 Run this list of programs weekly 56:39 Run these programs monthly 60:37 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 62:03 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="44820480" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp309/glp309.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp309/glp309.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 62:03 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>In today's world of Internet insecurity, it's more important than ever to maximize your safety and privacy, both on line and off. That's why we think that you should use a computer that runs Linux -- because it's safe. Well it's safer, at least, than the two other most popular operating systems, Microsoft's Windows and Apple's MacOS. In this episode we provide an overview as well as some specific recommendations. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 309 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #309 · Today's Security Technology <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 01:38 Bill has AI overload <br> 03:44 The area of security changes so fast <br> 04:07 Why Linux is safer <br> 04:53 By default, Linux users do not run as administrators <br> 06:36 Get software from trusted sources <br> 07:04 Super User vs. Root <br> 09:16 Linux requires your password to install sofware <br> 10:14 Updates on Linux are never installed without your permission and always require your password <br> 11:23 Good passwords are important <br> 11:59 If you share your computer, setup a guest account <br> 12:43 How is Linux setup to be more secure? <br> 16:49 Passwords: A help or a hinderance for security? <br> 17:42 Browser security <br> 18:09 Tracking and cookies <br> 22:08 Data collection by your operating system <br> 23:15 How much information IS Windows 10 collecting about you? <br> 26:22 ... and what are they doing with it? <br> 28:27 Paranoia or just appropriately cautious? <br> 29:24 Should you know what's in an update and have the choice of whether to install it or not? <br> 31:49 Security patch release timing <br> 34:19 Data collection and virtual assistants <br> 39:30 Encrypting your data <br> 43:21 Our basic Linux security recommendations <br> 45:12 Use antivirus if you touch Windows files <br> 46:05 Enable your software firewall <br> 46:42 Stay updated <br> 47:11 Use strong passwords <br> 47:47 Make backups regularly <br> 47:50 Install only from trusted sources <br> 48:23 Use security-related browser plug-ins <br> 48:56 Use common sense - be aware <br> 52:53 Windows security recommendations <br> 54:20 Run this list of software preventatively <br> 56:05 Run this list of programs weekly <br> 56:39 Run these programs monthly <br> 60:37 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 62:03 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:52" title="Bill is off "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:13" title="Charlie: Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:09" title="Scott: Network manager shows only strongest access points "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:25" title="Bob: Is full disk encryption really encrypting the whole disk in a dual-boot system? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:50" title="Richard: Dual booting with Windows 10 is not always easy "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:40" title="Paul: Building a new computer and looking for a Linux MOBO "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:16" title="Göran: Writing bash scripts "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:38" title="Nancy: Audio is perfect now "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:27" title="John: Thank you! VNC to Ubuntu MATE with VPN "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:38" title="Bruce: More in-depth on audio "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:41" title="Dylan: Gone Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:35" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp308</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 Bill is off 01:13 Charlie: Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! 07:09 Scott: Network manager shows only strongest access points 11:25 Bob: Is full disk encryption really encrypting the whole disk in a dual-boot system? 19:50 Richard: Dual booting with Windows 10 is not always easy 22:40 Paul: Building a new computer and looking for a Linux MOBO 25:16 Göran: Writing bash scripts 26:38 Nancy: Audio is perfect now 27:27 John: Thank you! VNC to Ubuntu MATE with VPN 28:38 Bruce: More in-depth on audio 32:41 Dylan: Gone Linux 36:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:59 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="27494400" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp308/glp308.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp308/glp308.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 05 Oct 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 37:59 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! That's how our feedback starts this month. We get into the difficulties of installing Ubuntu on a dual-boot system with Win10, audio technical details, full-disk encryption, and much, much more. We even have a Gone Linux story. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 308 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:52 Bill is off <br> 01:13 Charlie: Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! <br> 07:09 Scott: Network manager shows only strongest access points <br> 11:25 Bob: Is full disk encryption really encrypting the whole disk in a dual-boot system? <br> 19:50 Richard: Dual booting with Windows 10 is not always easy <br> 22:40 Paul: Building a new computer and looking for a Linux MOBO <br> 25:16 Göran: Writing bash scripts <br> 26:38 Nancy: Audio is perfect now <br> 27:27 John: Thank you! VNC to Ubuntu MATE with VPN <br> 28:38 Bruce: More in-depth on audio <br> 32:41 Dylan: Gone Linux <br> 36:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 37:59 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #308 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:52" title="Bill is off "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:13" title="Charlie: Commercial software licenses are a total FRAUD! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:09" title="Scott: Network manager shows only strongest access points "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:25" title="Bob: Is full disk encryption really encrypting the whole disk in a dual-boot system? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:50" title="Richard: Dual booting with Windows 10 is not always easy "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:40" title="Paul: Building a new computer and looking for a Linux MOBO "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:16" title="Göran: Writing bash scripts "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:38" title="Nancy: Audio is perfect now "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:27" title="John: Thank you! VNC to Ubuntu MATE with VPN "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:38" title="Bruce: More in-depth on audio "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:41" title="Dylan: Gone Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:35" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp307</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology 00:15 Introduction 02:03 Backup Technologies 02:56 How do I know what and where to backup 11:07 Backing up your computer is cheap disaster recovery 16:56 How often should I backup? 21:05 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 23:08 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="16801792" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp307/glp307.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp307/glp307.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 20 Sep 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 23:08 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We've talked about backups and backup software in at least three previous episodes, but it’s been a while. The last time we produced a full-fledged episode was in 2008! We take a fresh look at backups and some of the current applications and methods available today. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 307 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 02:03 Backup Technologies 02:56 How do I know what and where to backup <br> 11:07 Backing up your computer is cheap disaster recovery <br> 16:56 How often should I backup? <br> 21:05 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 23:08 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #307 · Today's Backup Technology "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:03" title="Backup Technologies "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:56" title="How do I know what and where to backup "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:07" title="Backing up your computer is cheap disaster recovery "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:56" title="How often should I backup? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:05" title="goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:05" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp306</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 03:01 Galen: Feedback on 303 15:52 John: Asks about VirtualBox and Ubuntu 19:52 John: Audio issues 23:09 Joe: It's my co-worker's fault! I've gone Linux 25:18 Greg: Replies to a question in Episode 304 27:53 John: VNC to Ubuntu with VPN 34:55 Marlo: Netbeans on Ubuntu 16.04 36:48 Brock: The dangers of the rm command 41:31 Augustin: App suggestion CastBack 45:24 Richard: Mint vs. Ubuntu 48:31 Alec: Audio issues with the podcast 50:50: Nancy: More on audio problems 52:13 Paul: Wireless printing on Linux 55:12 Paul: Verifying the Mint 18 ISO 57:58 Dries: Network shares 60:40 Jeff: Feedback from Episode 305 62:07 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 63:25 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="45805568" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp306/glp306.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp306/glp306.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 05 Sep 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 63:25 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>This month's topics include Virutal Box on Ubuntu, remote into Ubuntu, installing netbeans, the dangers of rm, Mint vs. Ubuntu, wireless printing, network shares and feedback on past episodes. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 306 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 03:01 Galen: Feedback on 303 <br> 15:52 John: Asks about VirtualBox and Ubuntu <br> 19:52 John: Audio issues <br> 23:09 Joe: It's my co-worker's fault! I've gone Linux <br> 25:18 Greg: Replies to a question in Episode 304 <br> 27:53 John: VNC to Ubuntu with VPN <br> 34:55 Marlo: Netbeans on Ubuntu 16.04 <br> 36:48 Brock: The dangers of the rm command <br> 41:31 Augustin: App suggestion CastBack <br> 45:24 Richard: Mint vs. Ubuntu <br> 48:31 Alec: Audio issues with the podcast <br> 50:50: Nancy: More on audio problems <br> 52:13 Paul: Wireless printing on Linux <br> 55:12 Paul: Verifying the Mint 18 ISO <br> 57:58 Dries: Network shares <br> 60:40 Jeff: Feedback from Episode 305 <br> 62:07 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 63:25 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #306 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:01" title="Galen: Feedback on 303 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:52" title="John: Asks about VirtualBox and Ubuntu "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:52" title="John: Audio issues "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:09" title="Joe: It's my co-worker's fault! I've gone Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:18" title="Greg: Replies to a question in Episode 304 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:53" title="John: VNC to Ubuntu with VPN "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:55" title="Marlo: Netbeans on Ubuntu 16.04 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:48" title="Brock: The dangers of the rm command "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:31" title="Augustin: App suggestion CastBack "/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:24" title="Richard: Mint vs. Ubuntu "/>
 <psc:chapter start="48:31" title="Alec: Audio issues with the podcast "/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:50" title="Nancy: More on audio problems "/>
 <psc:chapter start="52:13" title="Paul: Wireless printing on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="55:12" title="Paul: Verifying the Mint 18 ISO "/>
 <psc:chapter start="57:58" title="Dries: Network shares "/>
 <psc:chapter start="60:40" title=" Jeff: Feedback from Episode 305 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="62:07" title="Wrap-up "/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp305</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited 00:15 Introduction 00:46 Billl's audio 04:11 Gaming on Linux 09:26 Gaming with Wine 12:12 Installing games with Steam 12:36 DOS gaming 13:57 No physical media 18:12 How difficult is it to install Steam on Linux? 19:06 Graphics on Linux? 20:56 Sound on Linux 25:41 Bill's favorite games? 25:53 Team Fortress 2 26:16 Flight Gear 27:51 vs. X-plane 31:27 Free software 38:01 Pokemon Go! 39:41 Some games you may not have heard about 43:56 Getting started with gaming on Linux 46:17 What else you should know about Linux gaming 53:14 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 54:32 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="39409664" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp305/glp305.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp305/glp305.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 20 Aug 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 54:32 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>We take a fresh look at gaming on Linux, including the state of Steam and some of the native Linux game titles. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 305 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:46 Billl's audio <br> 04:11 Gaming on Linux <br> 09:26 Gaming with Wine <br>	12:12 Installing games with Steam <br> 12:36 DOS gaming <br> 13:57 No physical media <br> 18:12 How difficult is it to install Steam on Linux? <br> 19:06 Graphics on Linux? <br> 20:56 Sound on Linux <br> 25:41 Bill's favorite games? <br> 25:53 Team Fortress 2 <br> 26:16 Flight Gear <br> 27:51 vs. X-plane <br> 31:27 Free software <br> 38:01 Pokemon Go! <br> 39:41 Some games you may not have heard about <br> 43:56 Getting started with gaming on Linux <br> 46:17 What else you should know about Linux gaming <br> 53:14 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 54:32 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #305 · Gaming on Linux revisited "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:46" title="Billl's audio "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:11" title="Gaming on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:26" title="Gaming with Wine "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:12" title="Installing games with Steam "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:36" title="DOS gaming "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:57" title="No physical media "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:12" title="How difficult is it to install Steam on Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:06" title="Graphics on Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:56" title="Sound on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:41" title="Bill's favorite games? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:53" title="Team Fortress 2 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:16" title="Flight Gear "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:51" title="vs. X-plane "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:27" title="Free software "/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:01" title="Pokemon Go! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:41" title="Some games you may not have heard about "/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:56" title="Getting started with gaming on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:17" title="What else you should know about Linux gaming "/>
 <psc:chapter start="53:14" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp304</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:53 Welcome to California 02:28 Gus: Provides a suggestion 04:01 Angelo: It's not political correctness 05:15 Paul: TMP file size too small 11:05 Darren: Which desktop? 13:41 Steve: Regarding Wordpress 19:15 Bill finds another cloud service 24:39 Gone Linux: Greg 29:07 Application Pick: Virtual Machine Manager 34:23 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:16 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="25536512" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp304/glp304.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp304/glp304.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 05 Aug 2016 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 35:16 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Bill completes his move and finds another cloud service. We receive a suggestion from Gus, and a correction from Angelo. We answer questions on TMP partitions and desktop selections. Steve lets us know about Wordpress. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 304 Time Stamps</u> <br> 00:00 Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:53 Welcome to California <br> 02:28 Gus: Provides a suggestion <br> 04:01 Angelo: It's not political correctness <br> 05:15 Paul: TMP file size too small <br> 11:05 Darren: Which desktop? <br> 13:41 Steve: Regarding Wordpress <br> 19:15 Bill finds another cloud service <br> 24:39 Gone Linux: Greg <br> 29:07 Application Pick: Virtual Machine Manager <br> 34:23 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 35:16 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #304 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:53" title="Welcome to California "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:28" title="Gus: Provides a suggestion "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:01" title="Angelo: It's not political correctness "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:15" title="Paul: TMP file size too small "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:05" title="Darren: Which desktop? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:41" title="Steve: Regarding Wordpress "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:15" title="Bill finds another cloud service "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:39" title="Gone Linux: Greg "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:07" title="Application Pick: Virtual Machine Manager "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:23" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #303 · Hacked! </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp303</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #303 · Hacked! </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #303 · Hacked! 00:15 Introduction 02:39 Welcome to the Charles Tendell Show 04:16 Who is Larry Bushey? 05:44 What is Linux? 07:02 Where do you find Linux? 07:43 Linux is more secure. 09:53 It's not as terrifying as you think 11:27 Which Linux is right for you? 14:24 Why would I do more work to install Linux 16:45 Does it work with my software 19:17 How easy is it to switch? 19:45 Installing Linux 26:08 How did Linux get its name? 28:03 Will it make my computer better? 31:55 The reasons for switching to Linux 33:10 The government is the problem 35:55 Why is the government still running on floppy-based and green screen computers? 37:29 Linux is widely adopted, but it has no money for advertising 38:52 Dispelling old myths 40:03 Linux 'just works' buy from System76 41:58 Or install it on an older computer 43:42 Email Charles to get a free USB disk to try Linux 45:45 Chromebooks run Linux 47:09 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 49:13 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="35581952" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp303/glp303.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp303/glp303.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jul 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 49:13 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Did you know that Charles Tendell has his own radio show? Yep. He's on 1690 AM, KDMT Denver's Money Talk. And I was a guest on his show in June. Yep. I'm back on live radio! You can subscribe to his podcast at http://thecharlestendellshow.com/. Yep. He has one of those, too! </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 303 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #303 · Hacked! <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 02:39 Welcome to the Charles Tendell Show <br> 04:16 Who is Larry Bushey? <br> 05:44 What is Linux? <br> 07:02 Where do you find Linux? <br> 07:43 Linux is more secure. <br> 09:53 It's not as terrifying as you think <br> 11:27 Which Linux is right for you? <br> 14:24 Why would I do more work to install Linux <br> 16:45 Does it work with my software <br> 19:17 How easy is it to switch? <br> 19:45 Installing Linux <br> 26:08 How did Linux get its name? <br> 28:03 Will it make my computer better? <br> 31:55 The reasons for switching to Linux <br> 33:10 The government is the problem <br> 35:55 Why is the government still running on floppy-based and green screen computers? <br> 37:29 Linux is widely adopted, but it has no money for advertising <br> 38:52 Dispelling old myths <br> 40:03 Linux 'just works' buy from System76 <br> 41:58 Or install it on an older computer <br> 43:42 Email Charles to get a free USB disk to try Linux <br> 45:45 Chromebooks run Linux <br> 47:09 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 49:13 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:39 Welcome to the Charles Tendell Show "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:16 Who is Larry Bushey? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:44 What is Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:02 Where do you find Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:43 Linux is more secure. "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:53 It's not as terrifying as you think "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:27 Which Linux is right for you? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:24 Why would I do more work to install Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:45 Does it work with my software "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:17 How easy is it to switch? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:45 Installing Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:08 How did Linux get its name? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:03 Will it make my computer better? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:55 The reasons for switching to Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:10 The government is the problem "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:55 Why is the government still running on floppy-based and green screen computers? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:29 Linux is widely adopted, but it has no money for advertising "/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:52 Dispelling old myths "/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:03 Linux 'just works' buy from System76 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:58 Or install it on an older computer "/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:42 Email Charles to get a free USB disk to try Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:45 Chromebooks run Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="47:09" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp302</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:51 No voice mail lately 01:12 Cliff: Certifications 05:07 Martyn: Backups on Linux 08:01 Frank: Software pick - Easystroke 09:09 Scott: Can't send a fax 12:24 Gus: Has suggestion for window previews 12:48 Tony: Topic suggestion? 14:59 Richard returns! 16:22 Richard: Thanks 22:38 Sam: Please review Gecko Linux 29:11 Scott: ThinkPads and converts 33:05 Michael: Compatibility 34:27 Gone Linux: Nathan older computers 36:44 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:37 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="27949056" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp302/glp302.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp302/glp302.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jul 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 38:37 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>What are the best Linux certifications to get? Software replacement for a multi-button mouse -- gestures. Linux compatible printers. Follow-ups from previous show topics. A new Linux distro. And much, much more... </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 302 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction <br> 00:51 No voice mail lately <br> 01:12 Cliff: Certifications <br> 05:07 Martyn: Backups on Linux <br> 08:01 Frank: Software pick - Easystroke <br> 09:09 Scott: Can't send a fax <br> 12:24 Gus: Has suggestion for window previews <br> 12:48 Tony: Topic suggestion? <br> 14:59 Richard returns! <br> 16:22 Richard: Thanks <br> 22:38 Sam: Please review Gecko Linux <br> 29:11 Scott: ThinkPads and converts <br> 33:05 Michael: Compatibility <br> 34:27 Gone Linux: Nathan older computers <br> 36:44 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 38:37 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #302 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:51" title="No voice mail lately "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:12" title="Cliff: Certifications "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:07" title="Martyn: Backups on Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:01" title="Frank: Software pick - Easystroke "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:09" title="Scott: Can't send a fax "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:24" title="Gus: Has suggestion for window previews "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:48" title="Tony: Topic suggestion? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:59" title="Richard returns! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:22" title="Richard: Thanks "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:38" title="Sam: Please review Gecko Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:11" title="Scott: ThinkPads and converts "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:05" title="Michael: Compatibility "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:27" title="Gone Linux: Nathan older computers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:44" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp301</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media 01:33 Alternatives to Facebook 03:06 Wordpress 15:23 The Maker 20:16 Blue Griffon 21:26 TeamSpeak 22:29 Mumble 26:03 Don't overlook your web host 29:08 FileZilla 29:46 Encrypting stored files 30:37 With open source you have choices 32:59 Application pick: Atom 35:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:41 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="26556416" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp301/glp301.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp301/glp301.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jun 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 36:41 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media </b></p> Today we discuss Open Source software and services to meet your online media needs. It may be totally free software or it might be a application running on some service you paid for. But it all has one thing in common. Everything we discuss is using, in some part, an Open Source application or service. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 301 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media <br> 01:33 Alternatives to Facebook <br> 03:06 Wordpress <br> 15:23 The Maker <br> 20:16 Blue Griffon <br> 21:26 TeamSpeak <br> 22:29 Mumble <br> 26:03 Don't overlook your web host <br> 29:08 FileZilla <br> 29:46 Encrypting stored files <br> 30:37 With open source you have choices <br> 32:59 Application pick: Atom <br> 35:35 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe <br> 36:41 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #301 · Open Source for Online Media "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:33" title="Alternatives to Facebook "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:06" title="Wordpress "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:23" title="The Maker "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:16" title="Blue Griffon "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:26" title="TeamSpeak "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:29" title="Mumble "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:03" title="Don't overlook your web host "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:08" title="FileZilla "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:46" title="Encrypting stored files "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:37" title="With open source you have choices "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:59" title="Application pick: Atom "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:35" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp300</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback 01:06 Aidan: Window previews with Mutter 03:51 Tony: Flash crash 06:07 Will: Why now, go Linux? 13:17 Michael: What about Linux Lite 15:15 Sean: What no Puppy? 17:38 Frank: Unhappy with Mint and Ubuntu 25:34 Angelo: Misinformation about Assistive Technology 31:19 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 32:31 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="23808000" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp300/glp300.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp300/glp300.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 05 Jun 2016 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 32:31 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback </b></p> Aidan wants previews, Tony crashes, Will doubts Linux, Michael likes it light, Sean likes Puppy, Frank is unhappy and Angelo corrects some misinformation. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 300 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback <br> 01:06 Aidan: Window previews with Mutter<br> 03:51 Tony: Flash crash<br> 06:07 Will: Why now, go Linux?<br> 13:17 Michael: What about Linux Lite<br> 15:15 Sean: What no Puppy?<br> 17:38 Frank: Unhappy with Mint and Ubuntu<br> 25:34 Angelo: Misinformation about Assistive Technology<br> 31:19 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 32:31 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 300 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:06" title="Aidan: Window previews with Mutter "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:51" title="Tony: Flash crash "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:07" title="Will: Why now, go Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:17" title="Michael: What about Linux Lite "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:15" title="Sean: What no Puppy? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:38" title="Frank: Unhappy with Mint and Ubuntu "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:34" title="Angelo: Misinformation about Assistive Technology "/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:19" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux 299 · Assistive Technology </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp299</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 299 · Assistive Technology </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 299 · Assistive Technology 00:15 Introduction 00:48 Welcome Kendell Clark 01:12 What's going on with Sonar? 03:24 Sonar overview 04:43 Sonar's assistive technology 06:58 Sonar developers 07:35 Latest release 10:25 New Sonar MATE version 11:47 A Cinnamon version on the horizon 13:38 The challenges of developing a distro 15:42 Accessibility software on Windows 18:59 The ongoing expense of using accessibility software on Windows 20:59 Chosen few get financial assistance - but for Windows only 23:29 The challenge of accessibility awareness 25:43 Government assistance comes with significant limits and restrictions 26:58 Why Linux for the disabled? 27:43 The challenges of sotware updates 30:05 The challenges with audio communication software 36:03 About fanboy rants 37:58 What's in the future for Sonar? 41:29 The Sonar project needs more people! 43:18 How to help the project 44:39 What you can do to help upstream 49:16 Cooperation with the Windows accessibility community? Nope. 50:23 Accessibility on OSX? 53:32 Accessibility improvements in Windows 10? 54:08 Challenges helping others switch to Linux 57:47 On coming back to Linux later 59:22 Chrome is not accessible 62:23 Other browsers? 63:27 Other applications? 64:20 Accessibility doesn't 'just work' on Windows 65:22 With Sonar, it just works 66:31 Substituting better applications 68:26 Mycroft on Sonar? 70:18 Sonar is not just for the disabled 72:08 Anyone can help with the project 74:21 Gnome accessibility 75:02 Managing expectations 79:13 ARM devices for sale pre-installed with Sonar 82:18 Linux is an equal opportunity operating system 89:17 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 90:18 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="65413120" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp299/glp299.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp299/glp299.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 20 May 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 90:18 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 299 · Assistive Technology </b></p> Ever wonder what it's like to work on a Linux distribution? We discuss that, and much, much more in our interview with Kendell Clark, one of the three developers of Sonar/GNU Linux. Sonar is a Linux distribution focused on assistive technology trying to give the best experience for everyone that depends on accessible software. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 299 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 299 · Assistive Technology <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:48 Welcome Kendell Clark<br> 01:12 What's going on with Sonar?<br> 03:24 Sonar overview<br> 04:43 Sonar's assistive technology<br> 06:58 Sonar developers<br> 07:35 Latest release<br> 10:25 New Sonar MATE version<br> 11:47 A Cinnamon version on the horizon<br> 13:38 The challenges of developing a distro<br> 15:42 Accessibility software on Windows<br> 18:59 The ongoing expense of using accessibility software on Windows<br> 20:59 Chosen few get financial assistance - but for Windows only<br> 23:29 The challenge of accessibility awareness<br> 25:43 Government assistance comes with significant limits and restrictions<br> 26:58 Why Linux for the disabled?<br> 27:43 The challenges of sotware updates<br> 30:05 The challenges with audio communication software<br> 36:03 About fanboy rants<br> 37:58 What's in the future for Sonar?<br> 41:29 The Sonar project needs more people!<br> 43:18 How to help the project<br> 44:39 What you can do to help upstream<br> 49:16 Cooperation with the Windows accessibility community? Nope.<br> 50:23 Accessibility on OSX?<br> 53:32 Accessibility improvements in Windows 10?<br> 54:08 Challenges helping others switch to Linux<br> 57:47 On coming back to Linux later<br> 59:22 Chrome is not accessible<br> 62:23 Other browsers?<br> 63:27 Other applications?<br> 64:20 Accessibility doesn't 'just work' on Windows<br> 65:22 With Sonar, it just works<br> 66:31 Substituting better applications<br> 68:26 Mycroft on Sonar?<br> 70:18 Sonar is not just for the disabled<br> 72:08 Anyone can help with the project<br> 74:21 Gnome accessibility <br> 75:02 Managing expectations<br> 79:13 ARM devices for sale pre-installed with Sonar<br> 82:18 Linux is an equal opportunity operating system<br> 89:17 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 90:18 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 299 · Assistive Technology "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:48" title="Welcome Kendell Clark "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:12" title="What's going on with Sonar? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:24" title="Sonar overview "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:43" title="Sonar's assistive technology "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:58" title="Sonar developers "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:35" title="Latest release "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:25" title="New Sonar MATE version "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:47" title="A Cinnamon version on the horizon "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:38" title="The challenges of developing a distro "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:42" title="Accessibility software on Windows "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:59" title="The ongoing expense of using accessibility software on Windows "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:59" title="Chosen few get financial assistance - but for Windows only "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:29" title="The challenge of accessibility awareness "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:43" title="Government assistance comes with significant limits and restrictions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:58" title="Why Linux for the disabled? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:43" title="The challenges of sotware updates "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:05" title="The challenges with audio communication software "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:03" title="About fanboy rants "/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:58" title="What's in the future for Sonar? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:29" title="The Sonar project needs more people! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:18" title="How to help the project "/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:39" title="What you can do to help upstream "/>
 <psc:chapter start="49:16" title="Cooperation with the Windows accessibility community? Nope. "/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:23" title="Accessibility on OSX? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="53:32" title="Accessibility improvements in Windows 10? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="54:08" title="Challenges helping others switch to Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="57:47" title="On coming back to Linux later "/>
 <psc:chapter start="59:22" title="Chrome is not accessible "/>
 <psc:chapter start="62:23" title="Other browsers? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="63:27" title="Other applications? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="64:20" title="Accessibility doesn't 'just work' on Windows "/>
 <psc:chapter start="65:22" title="With Sonar, it just works "/>
 <psc:chapter start="66:31" title="Substituting better applications "/>
 <psc:chapter start="68:26" title="Mycroft on Sonar? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="70:18" title="Sonar is not just for the disabled "/>
 <psc:chapter start="72:08" title="Anyone can help with the project "/>
 <psc:chapter start="74:21" title="Gnome accessibility "/>
 <psc:chapter start="75:02" title="Managing expectations "/>
 <psc:chapter start="79:13" title="ARM devices for sale pre-installed with Sonar "/>
 <psc:chapter start="82:18" title="Linux is an equal opportunity operating system "/>
 <psc:chapter start="89:17" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux 298 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp298</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 298 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 298 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 Website outage and recovery 03:06 OpenFOSSTraining 04:02 Larry switches to Ubuntu MATE 04:42 Advanced Power Management with TLP 08:29 Pierre: Puppy Linux 11:51 Pedro: Chromebook or used laptop? 19:34 Ken: Bought a Lenovo T420 23:11 Amar: Linux on a 9 year old Dell for business 25:23 George: Is a ThinkPad really the equivalent of a MBP? 33:49 Martin: Disappointed by ThinkPad episode 37:14 Tony: Backups on Mint 42:03 Randy: Brother Printer solution 44:10 Steve: Windows 10 bash shell 51:13 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 52:17 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="38041600" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp298/glp298.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp298/glp298.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 52:17 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 298 · Listener Feedback </b></p> We have plenty of feedback on our ThinkPad episode. We are corrected on Puppy Linux and we discuss backups. Lots more, too. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 298 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 298 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:52 Website outage and recovery<br> 03:06 OpenFOSSTraining<br> 04:02 Larry switches to Ubuntu MATE<br> 04:42 Advanced Power Management with TLP<br> 08:29 Pierre: Puppy Linux<br> 11:51 Pedro: Chromebook or used laptop?<br> 19:34 Ken: Bought a Lenovo T420<br> 23:11 Amar: Linux on a 9 year old Dell for business<br> 25:23 George: Is a ThinkPad really the equivalent of a MBP?<br> 33:49 Martin: Disappointed by ThinkPad episode<br> 37:14 Tony: Backups on Mint<br> 42:03 Randy: Brother Printer solution<br> 44:10 Steve: Windows 10 bash shell<br> 51:13 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 52:17 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 298 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:52" title="Website outage and recovery "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:06" title="OpenFOSSTraining "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:02" title="Larry switches to Ubuntu MATE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:42" title="Advanced Power Management with TLP "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:29" title="Pierre: Puppy Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:51" title="Pedro: Chromebook or used laptop? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:34" title="Ken: Bought a Lenovo T420 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:11" title="Amar: Linux on a 9 year old Dell for business "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:23" title="George: Is a ThinkPad really the equivalent of a MBP? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:49" title="Martin: Disappointed by ThinkPad episode "/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:14" title="Tony: Backups on Mint "/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:03" title="Randy: Brother Printer solution "/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:10" title="Steve: Windows 10 bash shell "/>
 <psc:chapter start="51:13" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux 297 · Choosing a distribution for an older computer
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp297</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux 297 · Choosing a distribution for an older computer
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 297 · Choosing a distribution for an older computer 00:15 Introduction 01:12 Linux Mint got hacked? 06:53 SKO is finally dead 09:55 Linux: Why on older hardware? 10:56 Planned obsolescence 11:43 Running Linux on your existing computer - old or new 12:20 Is Ubuntu Unity really a resource hog? 15:03 Why should you have to tweak your computer before it works? 20:56 Chrome OS? Really? 22:09 CloudReady 26:29 Xubuntu 32:16 Linux Mint 17.3 Cinnamon or MATE 37:28 Ubuntu MATE 41:26 Ubuntu Unity 44:16 Cub Linux 46:06 Conclusions 49:54 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 51:04 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="37164257" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp297/glp297.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp297/glp297.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 20 Apr 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 51:04 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 297 · Choosing a distribution for an older computer </b></p> When you buy a new computer with Windows or OSX pre-installed, you have to deal with planned obsolescence, a 'feature' that is so prevalent with proprietary software. When you replace that limiting OS with Linux, you w
 ]]>
 <![CDATA[
 ill have a powerful, modern computer that can be used and updated and upgraded for years without trouble and without cost. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 297 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 297 · Choosing a distribution for an older computer <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:12 Linux Mint got hacked?<br> 06:53 SKO is finally dead<br> 09:55 Linux: Why on older hardware?<br> 10:56 Planned obsolescence<br> 11:43 Running Linux on your existing computer - old or new<br> 12:20 Is Ubuntu Unity really a resource hog?<br> 15:03 Why should you have to tweak your computer before it works?<br> 20:56 Chrome OS? Really?<br> 22:09 CloudReady<br> 26:29 Xubuntu<br> 32:16 Linux Mint 17.3 Cinnamon or MATE<br> 37:28 Ubuntu MATE<br> 41:26 Ubuntu Unity<br> 44:16 Cub Linux<br> 46:06 Conclusions<br> 49:54 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 51:04 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 297 · Choosing a distribution for an older computer "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:12" title="Linux Mint got hacked? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:53" title="SKO is finally dead "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:55" title="Linux: Why on older hardware? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:56" title="Planned obsolescence "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:43" title="Running Linux on your existing computer - old or new "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:20" title="Is Ubuntu Unity really a resource hog? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:03" title="Why should you have to tweak your computer before it works? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:56" title="Chrome OS? Really? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:09" title="CloudReady "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:29" title="Xubuntu "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:16" title="Linux Mint 17.3 Cinnamon or MATE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:28" title="Ubuntu MATE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:26" title="Ubuntu Unity "/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:16" title="Cub Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:06" title="Conclusions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="49:54" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux 296 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp296</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 296 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 296 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Victor: Overheating could be the fan 02:52 Ken: Bought a T420 thanks to Charles 04:45 Dominic: Increase swap size to solve suspend/resume issues 07:42 Richard: Switch to MATE to fix 'software rendering mode' issue 09:35 Daniel: Where can I get the T420? 10:42 John: Ubuntu MATE -- WOW! 11:33 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 12:32 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="9420285" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp296/glp296.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp296/glp296.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 05 Apr 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 12:32 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 296 · Listener Feedback </b></p> This time we have comments about our interview with Charles Tendell, overheating fan issues, a fix to softwear rendering mode error, and an expression of amazement with Ubuntu MATE </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 296 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 296 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:54 Victor: Overheating could be the fan<br> 02:52 Ken: Bought a T420 thanks to Charles<br> 04:45 Dominic: Increase swap size to solve suspend/resume issues<br> 07:42 Richard: Switch to MATE to fix 'software rendering mode' issue<br> 09:35 Daniel: Where can I get the T420?<br> 10:42 John: Ubuntu MATE -- WOW!<br> 11:33 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 12:32 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 296 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:54" title="Victor: Overheating could be the fan"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:52" title="Ken: Bought a T420 thanks to Charles"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:45" title="Dominic: Increase swap size to solve suspend/resume issues"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:42" title="Richard: Switch to MATE to fix 'software rendering mode' issue"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:35" title="Daniel: Where can I get the T420?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:42" title="John: Ubuntu MATE -- WOW!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:33" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux 295 · Linux on ThinkPads </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp295</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 295 · Linux on ThinkPads </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 295 · Linux on ThinkPads 00:15 Introduction 00:40 Charles Tendell: Certified Ethical Hacker 01:59 Why the ThinkPad instead of a Macbook Pro? 07:07 Comparing specifications: T420 vs. MBP 12:31 Battery life: WOW! 16:21 The skeptic decides 17:25 How the operating system was selected 19:05 Dispelling the myth that Linux is still only for geeks 19:44 Why Elementary and Kali Linux? 22:28 What applications does a hacker use for daily use? 24:35 How does a hacker use Kali? 27:17 The T420 har What applications does a hacker use for daily use?dware quality 28:50 Is the T420 too much computer for the average computer user? 30:38 T420 for media production 32:10 T420 Macbook Pro Killer 32:56 Upgrade recommendations 33:40 Azorian Cyber Security 34:13 Charles Tendell on TV 35:00 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:59 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="26304374" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp295/glp295.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp295/glp295.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 20 Mar 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 35:59 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 295 · Linux on ThinkPads </b></p> In this episode, Larry speaks with Charles Tendell about Linux on ThinkPad computers. Charles is an ethical hacker and has successfully adopted the 5 year old ThinkPad T420 as an economical substitute for a new Macbook Pro for his business -- without sacrificing performance or capabilities! </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 295 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 295 · Linux on ThinkPads <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:40 Charles Tendell: Certified Ethical Hacker<br> 01:59 Why the ThinkPad instead of a Macbook Pro?<br> 07:07 Comparing specifications: T420 vs. MBP<br> 12:31 Battery life: WOW!<br> 16:21 The skeptic decides<br> 17:25 How the operating system was selected<br> 19:05 Dispelling the myth that Linux is still only for geeks<br> 19:44 Why Elementary and Kali Linux?<br> 22:28 What applications does a hacker use for daily use?<br> 24:35 How does a hacker use Kali?<br> 27:17 The T420 har What applications does a hacker use for daily use?dware quality<br> 28:50 Is the T420 too much computer for the average computer user?<br> 30:38 T420 for media production<br> 32:10 T420 Macbook Pro Killer<br> 32:56 Upgrade recommendations<br> 33:40 Azorian Cyber Security<br> 34:13 Charles Tendell on TV<br> 35:00 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 35:59 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 293 · Distro Review "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:40" title="Charles Tendell: Certified Ethical Hacker "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:59" title="Why the ThinkPad instead of a Macbook Pro? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:07" title="Comparing specifications: T420 vs. MBP "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:31" title="Battery life: WOW! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:21" title="The skeptic decides "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:25" title="How the operating system was selected "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:05" title="Dispelling the myth that Linux is still only for geeks "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:44" title="Why Elementary and Kali Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:28" title="What applications does a hacker use for daily use? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:35" title="How does a hacker use Kali? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:17" title="The T420 har What applications does a hacker use for daily use?dware quality "/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:50" title="Is the T420 too much computer for the average computer user? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:38" title="T420 for media production "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:10" title="T420 Macbook Pro Killer "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:56" title="Upgrade recommendations "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:40" title="Azorian Cyber Security "/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:13" title="Charles Tendell on TV "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:00" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux 294 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp294</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 294 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 294 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Bill is not available for this episode 01:06 Ken: Issues with older Dell computer 06:43 Gus: Lightweight desktops on modern hardware 08:02 John: LibreOffice saves the day 09:37 Martyn: An update... one year later 10:41 Ken: Vanishing icons 14:00 Ken: Cub Linux 16:06 Rich: More on PAE 17:13 Tony: Software rendering mode 19:23 Gone Linux: Lora's daughter gets a Chromebook 21:12 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 22:06 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="16308148" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp294/glp294.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp294/glp294.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 05 Mar 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 22:06 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 294 · Listener Feedback </b></p> From power issues to vanishing icons to video drivers, we provide suggestions on what to do. We also hear from listeners about their experiences with ligheweight desktops, LibreOffice, PAE Kernels and computers running Chrome or Chrome-like operating systems. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 294 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 294 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:54 Bill is not available for this episode<br> 01:06 Ken: Issues with older Dell computer<br> 06:43 Gus: Lightweight desktops on modern hardware<br> 08:02 John: LibreOffice saves the day<br> 09:37 Martyn: An update... one year later<br> 10:41 Ken: Vanishing icons<br> 14:00 Ken: Cub Linux<br> 16:06 Rich: More on PAE<br> 17:13 Tony: Software rendering mode<br> 19:23 Gone Linux: Lora's daughter gets a Chromebook<br> 21:12 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 22:06 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 293 · Distro Review "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:54" title="Bill is not available for this episode"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:06" title="Ken: Issues with older Dell computer"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:43" title="Gus: Lightweight desktops on modern hardware"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:02" title="John: LibreOffice saves the day"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:37" title="Martyn: An update... one year later"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:41" title="Ken: Vanishing icons"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:00" title="Ken: Cub Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:06" title="Rich: More on PAE"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:13" title="Tony: Software rendering mode"/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:23" title="one Linux: Lora's daughter gets a Chromebook"/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:12" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux 293 · Distro Review </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp293</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 293 · Distro Review </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 293 · Distro Review 00:15 Introduction 01:19 Distro Review 05:35 Does the lightweight Linux desktop still have a place? 10:34 Is it a mistake to promote Linux for use on older machines? 11:59 The argument for lightweight Linux on new computers 18:14 Is the forced upgrade to Windows 10 the compelling event to move to Linux? 20:03 Bill's favorites 20:52 Larry's favorites 25:13 This is the 'go to' Linux distribution 25:47 This is the Linux distribution for more adventuresome users 29:07 This is the best Linux for new users 29:48 One more Linux choice for the advanced user 30:34 Bill's personal picks 31:35 Choice - Linux lets you choose how you want your computer to work 34:56 Some considerations when choosing your Linux 37:03 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:24 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="28044124" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp293/glp293.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp293/glp293.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 20 Feb 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 38:24 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 293 · Distro Review </b></p> This time we break from the traditional format where we review Linux distributions individually. We discuss considerations for choosing a desktop and tackle topics like, 'Does the lightweight Linux desktop still have a place?' and 'Is it a mistake to
 ]]>
 <![CDATA[
 promote Linux for use on older machines?' </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 293 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 293 · Distro Review <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:19 Distro Review<br> 05:35 Does the lightweight Linux desktop still have a place?<br> 10:34 Is it a mistake to promote Linux for use on older machines?<br> 11:59 The argument for lightweight Linux on new computers<br> 18:14 Is the forced upgrade to Windows 10 the compelling event to move to Linux?<br> 20:03 Bill's favorites<br> 20:52 Larry's favorites<br> 25:13 This is the 'go to' Linux distribution<br> 25:47 This is the Linux distribution for more adventuresome users<br> 29:07 This is the best Linux for new users<br> 29:48 One more Linux choice for the advanced user<br> 30:34 Bill's personal picks<br> 31:35 Choice - Linux lets you choose how you want your computer to work<br> 34:56 Some considerations when choosing your Linux<br> 37:03 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 38:24 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 293 · Distro Review "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:19" title="Distro Review"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:35" title="Does the lightweight Linux desktop still have a place?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:34" title="Is it a mistake to promote Linux for use on older machines?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:59" title="The argument for lightweight Linux on new computers"/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:14" title="Is the forced upgrade to Windows 10 the compelling event to move to Linux?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:03" title="Bill's favorites"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:52" title="Larry's favorites"/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:13" title="This is the 'go to' Linux distribution"/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:47" title="This is the Linux distribution for more adventuresome users"/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:07" title="This is the best Linux for new users"/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:48" title="One more Linux choice for the advanced user"/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:34" title="Bill's personal picks"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:35" title="Choice - Linux lets you choose how you want your computer to work"/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:56" title="Some considerations when choosing your Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:03" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux 292 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp292</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 292 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 292 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:32 Mark: How Linux improved my life 04:14 Glenn: My PC can't run PAE kernels 06:41 Matt: Should I build my own music layering software 09:52 Ubuntu Studio 12:46 Ambrose: Browser security 16:53 Ken: More Chromebook love 20:00 Chris: Setting up a podcast 24:17 Richard: Laptop battery life 32:53 John: Ham software episode? 35:50 Are we becoming Linux luddites? 36:39 Guake Terminal 39:23 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 40:30 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="29556305" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp292/glp292.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp292/glp292.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 05 Feb 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 40:30 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 292 · Listener Feedback </b></p> As usual, we have feedback on a wide range of topics, from Kernels to audio software to ham software and browser security. We also discuss laptop battery life, Chromebooks and Ubuntu Studio. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 292 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 292 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 02:32 Mark: How Linux improved my life<br> 04:14 Glenn: My PC can't run PAE kernels<br> 06:41 Matt: Should I build my own music layering software<br> 09:52 Ubuntu Studio<br> 12:46 Ambrose: Browser security<br> 16:53 Ken: More Chromebook love<br> 20:00 Chris: Setting up a podcast <br> 24:17 Richard: Laptop battery life<br> 32:53 John: Ham software episode?<br> 35:50 Are we becoming Linux luddites?<br> 36:39 Guake Terminal<br> 39:23 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 40:30 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 292 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:32" title="Mark: How Linux improved my life "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:14" title="Glenn: My PC can't run PAE kernels "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:41" title="Matt: Should I build my own music layering software "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:52" title="Ubuntu Studio "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:46" title="Ambrose: Browser security "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:53" title="Ken: More Chromebook love "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:00" title="Chris: Setting up a podcast "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:17" title="Richard: Laptop battery life "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:53" title="John: Ham software episode? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:50" title="Are we becoming Linux luddites? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:39" title="Guake Terminal "/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:23" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux 291 · Year End Review </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp291</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 291 · Year End Review </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 291 · Year End Review 00:15 Introduction 00:42 Happy New Year 02:35 2015 was evolutionary, not revolutionary 06:04 Ian Murdock, father of Debian died 08:52 Our Google+ Community exceeds 1000 members 11:01 Ubuntu MATE explodes on the scene 13:47 MATE continues to evolve and improve 17:39 Linux Mint Cinnamon 20:02 Cinnamon and Mint tools continue to evolve and improve 22:17 Ubuntu Studio, Ubuntu Unity, Elementary 25:04 Chromixium 26:40 CloudReady 28:53 Netrunner 29:49 Web Browsers 35:47 With ChromeOS, Google has outdone Apple for making the user experience simple and easy 37:50 Is Windows 10 the nail in the coffin for Linux? 41:06 Apple OSX: More secure, or just better and hiding vulnerabilities? 42:15 The systemD controversy 43:55 The Internet of Things 47:56 Looking forward: The year of the Linux desktop; privicy and security 53:07 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 54:40 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="39756283" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp291/glp291.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp291/glp291.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 20 Jan 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 54:40 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 291 · Year End Review </b></p> Our assessment of the year that was 2015 concludes that it was more of an evolutionary year than a revolutionary year. We look at our own community, a number of stand out distributions, and some factors that have made a difference. We also take a moment to acknowledge the passing of Debian founder Ian Murdock. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 291 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 291 · Year End Review <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:42 Happy New Year<br> 02:35 2015 was evolutionary, not revolutionary<br> 06:04 Ian Murdock, father of Debian died<br> 08:52 Our Google+ Community exceeds 1000 members<br> 11:01 Ubuntu MATE explodes on the scene<br> 13:47 MATE continues to evolve and improve<br> 17:39 Linux Mint Cinnamon<br> 20:02 Cinnamon and Mint tools continue to evolve and improve<br> 22:17 Ubuntu Studio, Ubuntu Unity, Elementary<br> 25:04 Chromixium<br> 26:40 CloudReady<br> 28:53 Netrunner<br> 29:49 Web Browsers<br> 35:47 With ChromeOS, Google has outdone Apple for making the user experience simple and easy<br> 37:50 Is Windows 10 the nail in the coffin for Linux?<br> 41:06 Apple OSX: More secure, or just better and hiding vulnerabilities?<br> 42:15 The systemD controversy<br> 43:55 The Internet of Things<br> 47:56 Looking forward: The year of the Linux desktop; privicy & security<br> 53:07 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 54:40 End End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 291 · Year End Review "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:42" title="Happy New Year"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:35" title="2015 was evolutionary, not revolutionary"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:04" title="Ian Murdock, father of Debian died"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:52" title="Our Google+ Community exceeds 1000 members"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:01" title="Ubuntu MATE explodes on the scene"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:47" title="MATE continues to evolve and improve"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:39" title="Linux Mint Cinnamon"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:02" title="Cinnamon and Mint tools continue to evolve and improve"/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:17" title="Ubuntu Studio, Ubuntu Unity, Elementary"/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:04" title="Chromixium"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:40" title="CloudReady"/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:53" title="Netrunner"/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:49" title="Web Browsers"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:47" title="With ChromeOS, Google has outdone Apple for making the user experience simple and easy"/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:50" title="Is Windows 10 the nail in the coffin for Linux?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:06" title="Apple OSX: More secure, or just better and hiding vulnerabilities?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:15" title="The systemD controversy"/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:55" title="The Internet of Things"/>
 <psc:chapter start="47:56" title="Looking forward: The year of the Linux desktop; privicy and security"/>
 <psc:chapter start="53:07" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux 290 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp290</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux 290 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 290 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:31 Jack: Shorter shows and a browser tip 08:00 Bill: Using VPN to stop website blocking 09:33 Matt: Use Ubuntu Server to prevent website blocking 10:27 George: Mint Update Manager - How do local mirrors work? 12:42 Ken L: Libre Office extensions 13:48 Ken L: Story time - video glitches 16:35 Ken B: I love my Chromebook because... 23:51 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 25:01 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="18408080" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp290/glp290.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp290/glp290.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2016 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 25:01 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 290 · Listener Feedback </b></p> We received no emails for this episode, so we read some of the most recent posts from our G+ Community and provide our comments. We discuss the length of our episodes, Libre Office, getting around blocked websites, how local mirrors work in the latest Mint, video cards and Chromebooks. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 290 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 290 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 02:31 Jack: Shorter shows and a browser tip<br> 08:00 Bill: Using VPN to stop website blocking<br> 09:33 Matt: Use Ubuntu Server to prevent website blocking<br> 10:27 George: Mint Update Manager - How do local mirrors work?<br> 12:42 Ken L: Libre Office extensions<br> 13:48 Ken L: Story time - video glitches<br> 16:35 Ken B: I love my Chromebook because...<br> 23:51 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 25:01 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 290 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:31" title="Jack: Shorter shows and a browser tip"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:00" title="Bill: Using VPN to stop website blocking"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:33" title="Matt: Use Ubuntu Server to prevent website blocking"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:27" title="George: Mint Update Manager - How do local mirrors work?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:42" title="Ken L: Libre Office extensions"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:48" title="Ken L: Story time - video glitches"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:35" title="Ken B: I love my Chromebook because..."/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:51" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux 289 · Improving Your Life: The Linux Advantage
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp289</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux 289 · Improving Your Life: The Linux Advantage
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux 289 · Improving Your Life: The Linux Advantage 00:15 Introduction 01:07 The Linux Advantage Series 01:17 Use Linux: Improve your life 02:14 Hidden hassles, hidden costs 03:36 Life hacks, life upgrades 03:55 6 ways you can improve your life by using Linux and Open Source software 05:18 Online classes 06:18 Free upgrades for life 07:14 A better computer 08:05 Continued support after upgrades, for the software and hardware you use 10:01 Keep your computer longer. Replace the old OS with a new version of Linux 11:32 Pick: The Chrome browser 14:28 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 15:45 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="11736220" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp289/glp289.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp289/glp289.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 05 Dec 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 13:09 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux 289 · Improving Your Life: The Linux Advantage </b></p> OK, so it's a bit of a stretch to think of an operating system improving your life. But by the end of this episode I think you'll agree that, if you do it right, using free software can do just that. At the very least, it can save you some money. That would improve your life, wouldn't it?. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 289 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux 289 · Improving Your Life: The Linux Advantage <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:07 The Linux Advantage Series<br> 01:17 Use Linux: Improve your life<br> 02:14 Hidden hassles, hidden costs<br> 03:36 Life hacks, life upgrades<br> 03:55 6 ways you can improve your life by using Linux and Open Source software<br> 05:18 Online classes<br> 06:18 Free upgrades for life<br> 07:14 A better computer<br> 08:05 Continued support after upgrades, for the software and hardware you use<br> 10:01 Keep your computer longer. Replace the old OS with a new version of Linux<br> 11:32 Pick: The Chrome browser<br> 14:28 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 15:45 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux 289 · Improving Your Life: The Linux Advantage "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:07 The Linux Advantage Series"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:17 Use Linux: Improve your life"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:14 Hidden hassles, hidden costs"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:36 Life hacks, life upgrades"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:55 6 ways you can improve your life by using Linux and Open Source software"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:18 Online classes"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:18 Free upgrades for life"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:14 A better computer"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:05 Continued support after upgrades, for the software and hardware you use"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:01 Keep your computer longer. Replace the old OS with a new version of Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:32 Pick: The Chrome browser"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:28" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #288 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp288</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #288 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #288 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 02:14 Kevin: Are we blocked in Uzbekistan? 06:22 Michael: Linux Mint 17.3 will include Orca 07:46 Gone Linux: Michael, the Frugal Computer Guy 11:59 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 13:09 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="9864158" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp288/glp288.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp288/glp288.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 05 Dec 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 13:09 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #288 · Listener Feedback </b></p> We discuss the possibility that the Going Linux podcast is blocked in Uzbekistan! Orca, the screen reader, is now in Linux Mint. We have a Gone Linux story from Michael. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 288 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #288 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 02:14 Kevin: Are we blocked in Uzbekistan?<br> 06:22 Michael: Linux Mint 17.3 will include Orca<br> 07:46 Gone Linux: Michael, the Frugal Computer Guy<br> 11:59 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 13:09 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #288 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:14" title="Kevin: Are we blocked in Uzbekistan?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:22" title="Michael: Linux Mint 17.3 will include Orca"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:46" title="Gone Linux: Michael, the Frugal Computer Guy"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:59" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #287 · Beauty: The Linux Advantage </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp287</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #287 · Beauty: The Linux Advantage </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #287 · Beauty: The Linux Advantage 00:15 Introduction 01:01 Bill is famous! 02:40 Our thoughts are with the people of Paris 03:15 Beauty: The Linux Advantage 04:36 In the eye of the beholder 06:37 Improving on perfection 09:39 The eternal beauty of Linux 11:21 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 12:18 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="9251962" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp287/glp287.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp287/glp287.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 20 Nov 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 12:18 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #287 · Beauty: The Linux Advantage </b></p> Have you seen today's Linux? It's beautiful! It's modern! And it's always secure and up to date with the latest in popular computer trends! Beauty may be in the eye of the beholder, but no matter your definition of beauty, with the vas
 ]]>
 <![CDATA[
 t array of modern Linux distributions available today, you'll be sure to find one that suits your taste. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 287 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #287 · Beauty: The Linux Advantage <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:01 Bill is famous!<br> 02:40 Our thoughts are with the people of Paris<br> 03:15 Beauty: The Linux Advantage<br> 04:36 In the eye of the beholder<br> 06:37 Improving on perfection<br> 09:39 The eternal beauty of Linux<br> 11:21 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 12:18 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #287 · Beauty: The Linux Advantage "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:01" title="Bill is famous!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:40" title="Our thoughts are with the people of Paris"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:15" title="Beauty: The Linux Advantage"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:36" title="In the eye of the beholder"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:37" title="Improving on perfection"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:39" title="The eternal beauty of Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:21" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #286 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp286</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #286 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #286 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:52 Ubuntu MATE 15.10 03:05 Ubuntu Studio 06:13 #1 distribution for new users: Ubuntu MATE 10:15 Nicholas: Internet filter recommendations 12:42 Fin: f.lux and Red Shift 13:49 Michael: Computer recommendation 17:59 Leonid: Is a separate boot partition really necessary? 22:37 Joe: No show filling banter 23:57 Chris: Problems after installation 34:46 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:56 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="26988364" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp286/glp286.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp286/glp286.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 05 Nov 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 36:56 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #286 · Listener Feedback </b></p> Ubuntu MATE is now our official recommended distribution for new users to Linux. We also discuss Internet filtering, Red Shif, hardware recommendations and fixing Chris' issues that appear after installation. And the cliff hanger... will Larry and Bill both switch to Ubuntu MATE? </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 286 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #286 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:52 Ubuntu MATE 15.10<br> 03:05 Ubuntu Studio<br> 06:13 #1 distribution for new users: Ubuntu MATE<br> 10:15 Nicholas: Internet filter recommendations<br> 12:42 Fin: f.lux and Red Shift<br> 13:49 Michael: Computer recommendation<br> 17:59 Leonid: Is a separate boot partition really necessary?<br> 22:37 Joe: No show filling banter<br> 23:57 Chris: Problems after installation<br> 34:46 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 36:56 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #286 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:52" title="Ubuntu MATE 15.10"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:05" title="Ubuntu Studio"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:13" title="#1 distribution for new users: Ubuntu MATE"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:15" title="Nicholas: Internet filter recommendations"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:42" title="Fin: f.lux and Red Shift"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:49" title="Michael: Computer recommendation"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:59" title="Leonid: Is a separate boot partition really necessary?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:37" title="Joe: No show filling banter"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:57" title="Chris: Problems after installation"/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:46" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #285 · Security: The Linux Advantage </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp285</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #285 · Security: The Linux Advantage </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #285 · Security: The Linux Advantage 00:15 Introduction 00:44 Hurricane! 06:22 Reasons Linux is more secure 07:21 Reason 1: All updates and upgrades are automatic and from trusted sources. 11:34 Reason 2: Linux is designed with security in mind 14:13 Reason 3: Linux doesn't get infections - as a rule 17:32 Reason 4: Linux users are not administrators by default 22:49 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 23:47 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="17520347" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp285/glp285.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp285/glp285.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 20 Oct 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 23:47 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #285 · Security: The Linux Advantage </b></p> We have often talked about the Linux operating system being more secure, and better supported than the operating systems preinstalled on most home computer hardware today. At a high level, Linux is more secure, and we detail four reasons for that. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 285 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #285 · Security: The Linux Advantage <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:44 Hurricane!<br> 06:22 Reasons Linux is more secure<br> 07:21 Reason 1: All updates and upgrades are automatic and from trusted sources.<br> 11:34 Reason 2: Linux is designed with security in mind<br> 14:13 Reason 3: Linux doesn't get infections - as a rule<br> 17:32 Reason 4: Linux users are not administrators by default<br> 22:49 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 23:47 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #285 · Security: The Linux Advantage "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:44" title="Hurricane!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:22" title="Reasons Linux is more secure"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:21" title="Reason 1: All updates and upgrades are automatic and from trusted sources."/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:34" title="Reason 2: Linux is designed with security in mind"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:13" title="Reason 3: Linux doesn't get infections - as a rule"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:32" title="Reason 4: Linux users are not administrators by default"/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:49" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #284 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp284</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #284 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #284 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:56 Roger: IMAP vs. POP3 02:17 Jeremy: VPN success 03:56 Nancy: PowerPC 09:05 Manso: Keep up the good work 09:29 Christopher: FCC effectively going to ban Linux?! 16:53 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 18:04 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="13404168" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp284/glp284.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp284/glp284.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 05 Oct 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 18:04 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #284 · Listener Feedback </b></p> Email explanations, VPN success, PowerPC and the FCC banning Linux. They are all part of this month's listener feedback episode. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 284 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #284 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:56 Roger: IMAP vs. POP3<br> 02:17 Jeremy: VPN success<br> 03:56 Nancy: PowerPC<br> 09:05 Manso: Keep up the good work<br> 09:29 Christopher: FCC effectively going to ban Linux?!<br> 16:53 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 18:04 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #284 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:56" title="Roger: IMAP vs. POP3"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:17" title="Jeremy: VPN success"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:56" title="Nancy: PowerPC"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:05" title="Manso: Keep up the good work"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:29" title="Christopher: FCC effectively going to ban Linux?!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:53" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #283 · Community: The Linux Advantage </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp283</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #282 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #283 · Community: The Linux Advantage 00:15 Introduction 00:51 Bill encrypts his HDD, then forgets his password. Doh! 02:24 Demise of the perfect burger 06:18 Community - The Linux advantage 07:02 Linux distributions and the Linux Community 08:20 Open Source licensing 11:22 Developer Community - Who creates and updates Linux? 12:11 Linux and Open Source Communities 14:37 The advantage of Community 23:51 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 24:53 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="1831185" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp283/glp283.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp283/glp283.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 20 Sep 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 24:53 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #283 · Community: The Linux Advantage </b></p> Having an inspiring, engaging, and enjoyable community is the lifeblood of any open source software project. The community provides product and feature ideas, user support, developer talent, documentation, financial support, visionary direction, and cultural norms. All for the benefit of anyone who uses, contributes to, or otherwise supports the project. Community is a 'Linux advantage'. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 283 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #283 · Community: The Linux Advantage <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:51 Bill encrypts his HDD, then forgets his password. Doh!<br> 02:24 Demise of the perfect burger<br> 06:18 Community - The Linux advantage<br> 07:02 Linux distributions and the Linux Community<br> 08:20 Open Source licensing<br> 11:22 Developer Community - Who creates and updates Linux?<br> 12:11 Linux and Open Source Communities<br> 14:37 The advantage of Community<br> 23:51 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 24:53 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #283 · Community: The Linux Advantage "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:51" title="Bill encrypts his HDD, then forgets his password. Doh!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:24" title="Demise of the perfect burger"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:18" title="Community - The Linux advantage"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:02" title="Linux distributions and the Linux Community"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:20" title="Open Source licensing"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:22" title="Developer Community - Who creates and updates Linux?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:11" title="Linux and Open Source Communities"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:37" title="The advantage of Community"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:51" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #282 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp282</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #282 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #282 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:48 Knightwise: Cross Platform Mind Mapping 06:54 Jim: Optiplex Bios Issues 15:42 Troy provides assistance to Jim 18:06 Tony: Shockwave is crashing 20:20 Jeremy: VPN issues 23:11 George: Linux on NUCs 30:11 Al: Gone Linux 31:34 Pick: Chrome 32L49 f.lux 35:04 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:07 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="26400295" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp282/glp282.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp282/glp282.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 05 Sep 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 36:07 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #282 · Listener Feedback </b></p> Knightwise provides a cross-platform tip. Troy answers Jim's question. Tony, Jeremy and George have issues. Al provides a Gone Linux story. And much more. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 282 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:47 Bill has a new recording setup<br> 02:16 Adventures in Internet setup<br> 11:300:00 Going Linux #282 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:48 Knightwise: Cross Platform Mind Mapping<br> 06:54 Jim: Optiplex Bios Issues<br> 15:42 Troy provides assistance to Jim<br> 18:06 Tony: Shockwave is crashing<br> 20:20 Jeremy: VPN issues<br> 23:11 George: Linux on NUCs<br> 30:11 Al: Gone Linux<br> 31:34 Pick: Chrome<br> 32L49 f.lux<br> 35:04 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 36:07 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #282 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:48" title="Knightwise: Cross Platform Mind Mapping"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:54" title="Jim: Optiplex Bios Issues"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:42" title="Troy provides assistance to Jim"/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:06" title="Tony: Shockwave is crashing"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:20" title="Jeremy: VPN issues"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:11" title="George: Linux on NUCs"/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:11" title="Al: Gone Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:34" title="Pick: Chrome"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:49" title="f.lux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:04" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp281</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System 00:15 Introduction 00:47 Bill has a new recording setup 02:16 Adventures in Internet setup 11:30 Sharing files with multiple users on one system 12:33 Sharing on OSX 13:32 Sharing on Windows 15:03 Sharing on Linux 19:11 The 7 simple steps 23:21 Create additional users first 32:21 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 33:18 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="24372179" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp281/glp281.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp281/glp281.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 20 Aug 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 33:18 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System </b></p> Have you ever wanted to share music, videos, podcast episodes and other files between different users on the same computer? This is only a consideration if your computer HAS multiple users, but some of our listeners have asked about it, so if you are one of those listeners, this is the episode for you. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 281 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:47 Bill has a new recording setup<br> 02:16 Adventures in Internet setup<br> 11:30 Sharing files with multiple users on one system<br> 12:33 Sharing on OSX<br> 13:32 Sharing on Windows<br> 15:03 Sharing on Linux<br> 19:11 The 7 simple steps<br> 23:21 Create additional users first<br> 32:21 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 33:18 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #281 · Sharing Files Among Multiple Users On One System "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:47" title="Bill has a new recording setup"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:16" title="Adventures in Internet setup"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:30" title="Sharing files with multiple users on one system"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:33" title="Sharing on OSX"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:32" title="Sharing on Windows"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:03" title="Sharing on Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:11" title="The 7 simple steps"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:21" title="Create additional users first"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:21" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #280 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp280</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #280 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #280 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:51 Welcome back Bill! 02:02 Mark: Dragon alternatives 07:53 Alex: Linuxtracker.org 09:26 David: Episode 279 was excellent summary 10:57 Knightwise: Episode 279 clears up FUD 11:16 Martin: Episode 279 is excellent 11:32 Ambrose: Struggling with fame 13:42 Tony: Audio balance issues 16:43 Gone Linux in 6 parts from Martyn 29:14 Picks: Git and BitBucket 29:47 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 30:54 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="22643991" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp280/glp280.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp280/glp280.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 05 Aug 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 30:54 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #280 · Listener Feedback </b></p> We received a lot of feedback on Episode 279 - Getting Started with Linux. Mark is looking for a Linux alternative to Dragon Naturally Speaking. Ambrose finds the fame a burden. Martyn shares a Gone Linux story... and more! </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 280 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #280 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:51 Welcome back Bill!<br> 02:02 Mark: Dragon alternatives<br> 07:53 Alex: Linuxtracker.org<br> 09:26 David: Episode 279 was excellent summary<br> 10:57 Knightwise: Episode 279 clears up FUD<br> 11:16 Martin: Episode 279 is excellent<br> 11:32 Ambrose: Struggling with fame<br> 13:42 Tony: Audio balance issues<br> 16:43 Gone Linux in 6 parts from Martyn<br> 29:14 Picks: Git and BitBucket<br> 29:47 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 30:54 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #280 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:51" title="Welcome back Bill! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:02" title="Mark: Dragon alternatives "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:53" title="Alex: Linuxtracker.org "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:26" title="David: Episode 279 was excellent summary "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:57" title="Knightwise: Episode 279 clears up FUD "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:16" title="Martin: Episode 279 is excellent "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:32" title="Ambrose: Struggling with fame "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:42" title="Tony: Audio balance issues "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:43" title="Gone Linux in 6 parts from Martyn "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:14" title="Picks: Git and BitBucket "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:47" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #279 · Getting Started With Linux </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp279</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #279 · Getting Started With Linux </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #279 · Getting Started With Linux 00:15 Introduction 00:55 What is Linux and why should I try it? 04:05 Misconception: For nerds by nerds 04:38 Misconception: Linux can not be used as a Windows replacement 06:15 Choosing the right Linux for you 08:03 Trying Linux 09:44 Installing Linux 10:57 Linux sounds too good to be true! 13:01 Linux FAQ 14:48 Linux is more secure 16:20 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 17:30 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="12996040" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp279/glp279.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp279/glp279.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2015 00:00:02 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 17:30 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #279 · Getting Started With Linux </b></p> There are literally hundreds of versions of Linux to choose from. Each has its own look and feel. Each is designed with a specific purpose in mind. Each comes pre-packaged with a selection of software applications, and each is the same Linux at the core.<br> <br> Having said that, if you ask 10 people which version of Linux is best, you will get at least 12 different answers. :) The recommendations we give in this episode are based on our experience and knowledge. (Larry has been using Linux as his exclusive personal computer operating system for about 10 years.) </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 279 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #279 · Getting Started With Linux <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:55 What is Linux and why should I try it?<br> 04:05 Misconception: For nerds by nerds<br> 04:38 Misconception: Linux can not be used as a Windows replacement<br> 06:15 Choosing the right Linux for you<br> 08:03 Trying Linux<br> 09:44 Installing Linux<br> 10:57 Linux sounds too good to be true!<br> 13:01 Linux FAQ<br> 14:48 Linux is more secure<br> 16:20 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 17:30 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #279 · Getting Started With Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:55" title="What is Linux and why should I try it? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:05" title="Misconception: For nerds by nerds "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:38" title="Misconception: Linux can not be used as a Windows replacement "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:15" title="Choosing the right Linux for you "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:03" title="Trying Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:44" title="Installing Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:57" title="Linux sounds too good to be true! "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:01" title="Linux FAQ "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:48" title="Linux is more secure "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:20" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #278 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp278</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #278 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #278 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:09 Kenneth: LinuxTracker.org p2p sharing 02:41 George: Concerns about downloading software 06:50 Frank: TinyCore 09:13 David: VeraCrypt shocker 11:27 Tim: Chrome Remote Desktop not working 14:40 Moe: Touchpad issues 21:45 Richard: The X250 26:03 Paul: Thanks for the help 26:55 Gone Linux: George LibreOffice vs. OpenOffice 33:25 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 34:23 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="25152060" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp278/glp278.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp278/glp278.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 05 Jul 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 34:23 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #278 · Listener Feedback </b></p> Keneth shares a sharing site. George has concerns. David is doubly honored. Moe, Tim and Richard have issues. Paul offers his thanks and George has gone 100% Linux. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 278 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #278 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:09 Kenneth: LinuxTracker.org p2p sharing<br> 02:41 George: Concerns about downloading software<br> 06:50 Frank: TinyCore<br> 09:13 David: VeraCrypt shocker<br> 11:27 Tim: Chrome Remote Desktop not working<br> 14:40 Moe: Touchpad issues<br> 21:45 Richard: The X250<br> 26:03 Paul: Thanks for the help<br> 26:55 Gone Linux: George LibreOffice vs. OpenOffice<br> 33:25 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 34:23 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #278 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:09" title="Kenneth: LinuxTracker.org p2p sharing "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:41" title="George: Concerns about downloading software "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:50" title="Frank: TinyCore "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:13" title="David: VeraCrypt shocker "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:27" title="Tim: Chrome Remote Desktop not working "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:40" title="Moe: Touchpad issues "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:45" title="Richard: The X250 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:03" title="Paul: Thanks for the help "/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:55" title="Gone Linux: George LibreOffice vs. OpenOffice "/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:25" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #277 · Using VeraCrypt </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp277</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #277 · Using VeraCrypt </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #277 · Using VeraCrypt 00:15 Introduction 00:44 A new-old office suite to try 05:18 Listener David suggested an episode on TrueCrypt 07:34 What is VeraCrypt? 08:03 System requirements 08:33 Overview 09:47 Installing VeraCrypt 10:26 Cautions when sharing VeraCrypt volumes 13:47 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 14:51 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="11088254" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp277/glp277.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp277/glp277.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 20 Jun 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 14:51 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #277 · Using VeraCrypt </b></p> VeraCrypt is High Security Disk Encryption software that picks up from where TrueCrypt left off. The VeraCrypt team has enhanced the security algorithms used for system and partition encryption, improve security and reduced its vulnerability overall. It can mount your old TrueCrypt volumes and allows you to convert TrueCrypt containers and non-system partitions to the VeraCrypt format. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 277 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #277 · Using VeraCrypt <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:44 A new-old office suite to try<br> 05:18 Listener David suggested an episode on TrueCrypt<br> 07:34 What is VeraCrypt?<br> 08:03 System requirements<br> 08:33 Overview<br> 09:47 Installing VeraCrypt<br> 10:26 Cautions when sharing VeraCrypt volumes<br> 13:47 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 14:51 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #277 · Using VeraCrypt "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:44" title="A new-old office suite to try "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:18" title="Listener David suggested an episode on TrueCrypt "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:34" title="What is VeraCrypt? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:03" title="System requirements "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:33" title="Overview "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:47" title="Installing VeraCrypt "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:26" title="Cautions when sharing VeraCrypt volumes "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:47" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #276 · ListenerFeedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp276</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #276 · ListenerFeedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #276 · ListenerFeedback 00:15 Introduction 00:53 Bill has rebuilt his microphone: Back to great audio 02:34 RIP openSuSE 03:55 PCLinux OS installer issues 04:47 Seamonkey 07:31 Duck Duck Go Search 09:23 Bill's latest adventures 12:49 Leonid: Opinion on Gentoo 13:35 Lyle: Ham Radio 17:11 David: Bill's noise in recording 19:11 Richard: Opinion on Lenovo X250 25:40 Michael: Make bootable Linux USB stick using OSX 30:30 Michael: New Router 32:11 Richard: An unresponsive script 37:16 Linux In The Wild 40:59 Larry's App Pick: VeraCrypt 42:47 Bill's App Picks: WordPress, Chirp 45:15 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 46:46 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="34068070" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp276/glp276.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp276/glp276.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jun 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 46:46 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #276 · ListenerFeedback </b></p> Bill has finally resolved his audio issues. We offer our opinion on software, Gentoo, Ham Radio and Lenovo X250. More on pronouncing "MATE." We offer help on unresponsive script errors and creating a bootable USB drive from OSX. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 276 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #276 · ListenerFeedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:53 Bill has rebuilt his microphone: Back to great audio<br> 02:34 RIP openSuSE<br> 03:55 PCLinux OS installer issues<br> 04:47 Seamonkey<br> 07:31 Duck Duck Go Search<br> 09:23 Bill's latest adventures<br> 12:49 Leonid: Opinion on Gentoo<br> 13:35 Lyle: Ham Radio<br> 17:11 David: Bill's noise in recording<br> 19:11 Richard: Opinion on Lenovo X250<br> 25:40 Michael: Make bootable Linux USB stick using OSX<br> 30:30 Michael: New Router<br> 32:11 Richard: An unresponsive script<br> 37:16 Linux In The Wild<br> 40:59 Larry's App Pick: VeraCrypt<br> 42:47 Bill's App Picks: WordPress, Chirp<br> 45:15 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 46:46 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #276 · ListenerFeedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:53" title="Bill has rebuilt his microphone: Back to great audio "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:34" title="RIP openSuSE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:55" title="PCLinux OS installer issues "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:47" title="Seamonkey "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:31" title="Duck Duck Go Search "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:23" title="Bill's latest adventures "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:49" title="Leonid: Opinion on Gentoo "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:35" title="Lyle: Ham Radio "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:11" title="David: Bill's noise in recording "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:11" title="Richard: Opinion on Lenovo X250 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:40" title="Michael: Make bootable Linux USB stick using OSX "/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:30" title="Michael: New Router "/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:11" title="Richard: An unresponsive script "/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:16" title="Linux In The Wild "/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:59" title="Larry's App Pick: VeraCrypt "/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:47" title="Bill's App Picks: WordPress, Chirp "/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:15" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #275 · Lightweight Linux Distributions Revisited
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp275</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #275 · Lightweight Linux Distributions Revisited
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #275 · Lightweight Linux Distributions Revisited 00:15 Introduction 00:43 Bill records on a phone app 01:33 Bill wants a Cray 02:59 Bill has SuSE system lockups 03:51 Blue Griffon and Wordpress 05:55 Why lightweight Linux distros? 07:36 The criteria 08:13 The process 08:26 LXLE 12:10 Ubuntu MATE 15:12 Lubuntu 17:17 Xubuntu 18:15 Honorable mentions 18:26 Puppy Linux 18:31 Bodi Linux 19:56 Tiny Core Linux 23:27 Application pick: Gentoo file manager 24:04 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 25:00 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="18396499" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp275/glp275.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp275/glp275.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 20 May 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 25:00 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #275 · Lightweight Linux Distributions Revisited </b></p> Windows XP is no longer supported and quite a few of the computers that came with XP installed just do not have the specs to run Windows 7 or Windows 8. It's not safe to run an operating system that is no longer supported, so what do you do? Buy a new machine? Or you could try installing a lightweight Linux distribution. We take a fresh look at the array of lightweight distros available today that might make good alternatives for lower-spec machines. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 275 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #275 · Lightweight Linux Distributions Revisited <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:43 Bill records on a phone app<br> 01:33 Bill wants a Cray<br> 02:59 Bill has SuSE system lockups<br> 03:51 Blue Griffon and Wordpress<br> 05:55 Why lightweight Linux distros?<br> 07:36 The criteria<br> 08:13 The process<br> 08:26 LXLE<br> 12:10 Ubuntu MATE<br> 15:12 Lubuntu<br> 17:17 Xubuntu<br> 18:15 Honorable mentions<br> 18:26 Puppy Linux<br> 18:31 Bodi Linux<br> 19:56 Tiny Core Linux<br> 23:27 Application pick: Gentoo file manager<br> 24:04 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 25:00 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #275 · Lightweight Linux Distributions Revisited "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:43" title="Bill records on a phone app "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:33" title="Bill wants a Cray "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:59" title="Bill has SuSE system lockups "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:51" title="Blue Griffon and Wordpress "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:55" title="Why lightweight Linux distros? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:36" title="The criteria "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:13" title="The process "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:26" title="LXLE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:10" title="Ubuntu MATE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:12" title="Lubuntu "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:17" title="Xubuntu "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:15" title="Honorable mentions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:26" title="Puppy Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:31" title="Bodi Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:56" title="Tiny Core Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:27" title="Application pick: Gentoo file manager "/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:04" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #274 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp274</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #274 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #274 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:51 10 things that Windows users can do that Linux users can't 04:48 Jim: 32-bit or 64-bit? 10:36 Ben: Setup done quickly 14:57 Michael: Broken CD/DVD drive 17:54 Sydney: Pronouncing MATE 19:16 Paul: Recently Bill's audio is too low 21:17 Gone Linux: Frank 33:21 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 34:43 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="25392491" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp274/glp274.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp274/glp274.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 34:43 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #274 · Listener Feedback </b></p> Our fabulous listeners ask the burning questions of the day! They also provide comments on our sound quality, broken hardware, Linux setup, and how they have Gone Linux! </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 274 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #274 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:51 10 things that Windows users can do that Linux users can't<br> 04:48 Jim: 32-bit or 64-bit?<br> 10:36 Ben: Setup done quickly<br> 14:57 Michael: Broken CD/DVD drive<br> 17:54 Sydney: Pronouncing MATE<br> 19:16 Paul: Recently Bill's audio is too low<br> 21:17 Gone Linux: Frank<br> 33:21 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 34:43 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #274 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:51" title="10 things that Windows users can do that Linux users can't"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:48" title="Jim: 32-bit or 64-bit?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:36" title="Ben: Setup done quickly"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:57" title="Michael: Broken CD/DVD drive"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:54" title="Sydney: Pronouncing MATE"/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:16" title="Paul: Recently Bill's audio is too low"/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:17" title="Gone Linux: Frank"/>
 <psc:chapter start="33:21" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #273 · Online Meetings with Linux </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp273</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #273 · Online Meetings with Linux </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #273 · Online Meetings with Linux 00:15 Introduction 01:44 Online meeting applications 02:33 Which online meetings work with Linux? 03:05 Skype installed client 05:00 Google Hangouts 06:09 Citrix: GoToMeeting, GoToWebinar, WebEx... 08:45 WebRTC overview 09:50 Skype for web 10:56 Firefox Hello 11:40 GoToMeeting Free 13:39 OpenTalk RTC 14:34 Conclusions 15:08 The winner is... 18:19 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 19:15 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="14256500" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp273/glp273.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp273/glp273.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 19:15 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #273 · Online Meetings with Linux </b></p> Onine meetings have been popular in business for years. Most applications and services that enable online meetings work well on OSX and Windows, but not all work or work well on Linux. We review and compare important features of some of the most popular solutions and which features of each work on Linux. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 273 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #273 · Online Meetings with Linux <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:44 Online meeting applications<br> 02:33 Which online meetings work with Linux?<br> 03:05 Skype installed client<br> 05:00 Google Hangouts<br> 06:09 Citrix: GoToMeeting, GoToWebinar, WebEx...<br> 08:45 WebRTC overview<br> 09:50 Skype for web<br> 10:56 Firefox Hello<br> 11:40 GoToMeeting Free<br> 13:39 OpenTalk RTC<br> 14:34 Conclusions<br> 15:08 The winner is...<br> 18:19 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 19:15 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #273 · Online Meetings with Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:44" title="Online meeting applications "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:33" title="Which online meetings work with Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:05" title="Skype installed client "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:00" title="Google Hangouts "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:09" title="Citrix: GoToMeeting, GoToWebinar, WebEx... "/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:45" title="WebRTC overview "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:50" title="Skype for web "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:56" title="Firefox Hello "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:40" title="GoToMeeting Free "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:39" title="OpenTalk RTC "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:34" title="Conclusions "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:08" title="The winner is... "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:19" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #272 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp272</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #272 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #272 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:50 Len: Facebook? 04:24 Martin W.: Lead developer on Ubuntu MATE 07:23 Roger: Boot Repair caveate for Windows 8 09:07 Martyn: DVD or USB for repair utilities 11:04 Greg: Asus Transformer and Linux? 14:26 Jason: Gone Linux 15:55 Software Pick 17:22 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 18:26 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="13668109" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp272/glp272.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp272/glp272.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 05 Apr 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 18:26 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #272 · Listener Feedback </b></p> We hear from the lead developer on Ubuntu MATE. We answer questions about file and boot repair, and we have a Gone Linux story. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 272 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #272 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:50 Len: Facebook?<br> 04:24 Martin W.: Lead developer on Ubuntu MATE<br> 07:23 Roger: Boot Repair caveate for Windows 8<br> 09:07 Martyn: DVD or USB for repair utilities<br> 11:04 Greg: Asus Transformer and Linux?<br> 14:26 Jason: Gone Linux<br> 15:55 Software Pick<br> 17:22 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 18:26 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #272 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:50" title="Len: Facebook? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:24" title="Martin W.: Lead developer on Ubuntu MATE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:23" title="Roger: Boot Repair caveate for Windows 8 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:07" title="Martyn: DVD or USB for repair utilities "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:04" title="Greg: Asus Transformer and Linux? "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:26" title="Jason: Gone Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:55" title="Software Pick "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:22" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #271 · Distro Review </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp271</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #271 · Distro Review </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #271 · Distro Review 00:15 Introduction 02:15 Peppermint 04:46 Ubuntu MATE 06:57 Ubuntu 14.04 09:00 Elementary OS 11:58 openSuSE 12:51 PCLinux OS 13:27 Mageia 13:52 Fedora 14:48 Flight Gear 16:13 Gone Linux story 18:17 Final comments 21:39 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 22:40 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="16716595" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp271/glp271.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp271/glp271.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 22:40 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #271 · Distro Review </b></p> Bill has prepared a review of several Linux distributions. He also discusses Flight Gear and provides a Gone Linux story. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 271 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #271 · Distro Review <br> 00:15 Introduction<br><br> 02:15 Peppermint<br> 04:46 Ubuntu MATE<br> 06:57 Ubuntu 14.04<br> 09:00 Elementary OS<br> 11:58 openSuSE<br> 12:51 PCLinux OS<br> 13:27 Mageia<br> 13:52 Fedora<br> 14:48 Flight Gear<br> 16:13 Gone Linux story<br> 18:17 Final comments<br> 21:39 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 22:40 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #271 · Distro Review "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:15" title="Peppermint "/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:46" title="Ubuntu MATE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:57" title="Ubuntu 14.04 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:00" title="Elementary OS "/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:58" title="openSuSE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:51" title="PCLinux OS "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:27" title="Mageia "/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:52" title="Fedora "/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:48" title="Flight Gear "/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:13" title="Gone Linux story "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:17" title="Final comments "/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:39" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #270 · Listener Feedback and Fossdem </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp270</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #270 · Listener Feedback and Fossdem </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #270 · Listener Feedback and Fossdem 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Going Linux meetup at SCaLE 02:15 Leonard Nimoy 03:42 Dave: Migrating to Linux 05:56 Ambrose: Disabling multimedia keys 10:57 Kirill: Remote Desktop 12:58 Mathijn: Installing Linux on SD cards 17:40 Andres: Tip to shut down 18:47 Rob: Truecrypt is still available 20:11 Tony: Backup issues 22:00 Greg: Fixed IP addresses 23:33 David: Lubuntu on an SD card 25:59 Bob: Gone Linux 29:54 Knightwise: LibreOffice Interview at Fossdem 42:05 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 43:50 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="31956236" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp270/glp270.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp270/glp270.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 43:50 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #270 · Listener Feedback and Fossdem </b></p> We have feedback on migrating to Linux, remote desktop, Linux on SD cards, media keys, and more. We also talk about Spock, we have a Gone Linux story and Knightwise provides an interview with LibreOffice at Fossdem. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 270 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #270 · Listener Feedback and Fossdem <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:54 Going Linux meetup at SCaLE<br> 02:15 Leonard Nimoy<br> 03:42 Dave: Migrating to Linux<br> 05:56 Ambrose: Disabling multimedia keys<br> 10:57 Kirill: Remote Desktop<br> 12:58 Mathijn: Installing Linux on SD cards<br> 17:40 Andres: Tip to shut down <br> 18:47 Rob: Truecrypt is still available<br> 20:11 Tony: Backup issues<br> 22:00 Greg: Fixed IP addresses<br> 23:33 David: Lubuntu on an SD card<br> 25:59 Bob: Gone Linux<br> 29:54 Knightwise: LibreOffice Interview at Fossdem<br> 42:05 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 43:50 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #270 · Listener Feedback and Fossdem "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:54" title="Going Linux meetup at SCaLE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:15" title="Leonard Nimoy "/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:42" title="Dave: Migrating to Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:56" title="Ambrose: Disabling multimedia keys "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:57" title="Kirill: Remote Desktop "/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:58" title="Mathijn: Installing Linux on SD cards "/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:40" title="Andres: Tip to shut down "/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:47" title="Rob: Truecrypt is still available "/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:11" title="Tony: Backup issues "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:00" title="Greg: Fixed IP addresses "/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:33" title="David: Lubuntu on an SD card "/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:59" title="Bob: Gone Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:54" title="Knightwise: LibreOffice Interview at Fossdem "/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:05" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #269 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Advanced
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp269</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #269 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Advanced
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #269 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 07:28 Reinstall GRUB 10:24 TestDisk 19:45 Using bootable BootRepair media 22:32 Using BootRepair from a bootable Linux distro 27:42 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 28:42 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="21060396" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp269/glp269.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp269/glp269.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 20 Feb 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 28:42 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #269 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Advanced </b></p> In our advanced look at what to do when things go wrong on Linux, we describe reinstalling GRUB, using TestDisk to recover deleted partitions, and using BootRepair for a one-button fix for boot problems. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 269 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #269 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Advanced <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 07:28 Reinstall GRUB<br> 10:24 TestDisk<br> 19:45 Using bootable BootRepair media<br> 22:32 Using BootRepair from a bootable Linux distro<br> 27:42 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 28:42 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #269 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Advanced "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:28" title="Reinstall GRUB "/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:24" title="TestDisk "/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:45" title="Using bootable BootRepair media "/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:32" title="Using BootRepair from a bootable Linux distro "/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:42" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #268 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp268</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #268 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #268 · Listener Feedback 00:14 Introduction 00:58 Bill: Broken bones 03:32 Our Google+ community rocks! 04:08 Errata 10:15 Glen: A correction Ctrl+Alt+SysReq 12:11 Rick: System lockups 15:43 Tom: Amazon Glacier 20:14 Michael: Orca Firefox issue 23:26 Martin: Insynchq 24:17 Mark: Installing Maker 27:27 David: Installing Lubuntu on an SD Card 31:15 Dave: Migrating a small business to Linux 36:38 JALU: Netrunner clarifications 38:41 Tony: Saving Youtube videos 39:41 Ken: Dual monitor issues 44:18 Michael: Sonar problem solved 45:44 Linux in the wild 46:25 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 47:42 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="34739835" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp268/glp268.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp268/glp268.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 05 Feb 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 47:42 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #268 · Listener Feedback </b></p> You, our listeners rock! We have a list of corrections you provided, and lots of shared input and ideas around lockups, syncrhonization, backups and optimizing your use of Linux. We even have a 'Linux in the wild' section this time! </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 268 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #268 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:14 Introduction<br> 00:58 Bill: Broken bones<br> 03:32 Our Google+ community rocks!<br> 04:08 Errata<br> 10:15 Glen: A correction Ctrl+Alt+SysReq<br> 12:11 Rick: System lockups<br> 15:43 Tom: Amazon Glacier<br> 20:14 Michael: Orca Firefox issue<br> 23:26 Martin: Insynchq<br> 24:17 Mark: Installing Maker<br> 27:27 David: Installing Lubuntu on an SD Card<br> 31:15 Dave: Migrating a small business to Linux<br> 36:38 JALU: Netrunner clarifications<br> 38:41 Tony: Saving Youtube videos<br> 39:41 Ken: Dual monitor issues<br> 44:18 Michael: Sonar problem solved<br> 45:44 Linux in the wild<br> 46:25 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 47:42 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #268 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:14" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:58" title="Bill: Broken bones"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:32" title="Our Google+ community rocks!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:08" title="Errata"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:15" title="Glen: A correction Ctrl+Alt+SysReq"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:11" title="Rick: System lockups"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:43" title="Tom: Amazon Glacier"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:14" title="Michael: Orca Firefox issue"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:26" title="Martin: Insynchq"/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:17" title="Mark: Installing Maker"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:27" title="David: Installing Lubuntu on an SD Card"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:15" title="Dave: Migrating a small business to Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:38" title="JALU: Netrunner clarifications"/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:41" title="Tony: Saving Youtube videos"/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:41" title="Ken: Dual monitor issues"/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:18" title="Michael: Sonar problem solved"/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:44" title="Linux in the wild"/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:25" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #267 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Introduction
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp267</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #267 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Introduction
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #267 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Introduction 00:17 Introduction 00:48 Just Larry 02:38 Examples from Linux Mint 03:33 How to restart Cinnamon 05:35 How to restart X 10:14 How to restart a responsive computer from the command line 12:38 How to shut down a responsive computer from the command line 13:46 How to restart an unresponsive computer 18:05 How to force shut down an unresponsive computer 20:26 How to recover accidentally deleted files 25:52 Using PhotoRec step-by-step 35:11 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 36:30 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="26676184" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp267/glp267.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp267/glp267.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Tue, 20 Jan 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 36:30 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #267 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Introduction </b></p> Listener Dave suggested this topic. We detail how to recover from a crashed or frozen system. The topics we outline are: How to restart the Cinnamon desktop environment, how to restart the display server, how to restart and how to shut down a partially crashed responsive computer, and how to restart and shut down a completely unresponsive computer. We also walk through recovering accidentally deleted files from your hard drive or removable drive. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 267 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #267 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Introduction <br> 00:17 Introduction<br> 00:48 Just Larry<br> 02:38 Examples from Linux Mint<br> 03:33 How to restart Cinnamon<br> 05:35 How to restart X<br> 10:14 How to restart a responsive computer from the command line<br> 12:38 How to shut down a responsive computer from the command line<br> 13:46 How to restart an unresponsive computer<br> 18:05 How to force shut down an unresponsive computer<br> 20:26 How to recover accidentally deleted files<br> 25:52 Using PhotoRec step-by-step<br> 35:11 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 36:30 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #267 · What to do when things go wrong on Linux-Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:17" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:48" title="Just Larry"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:38" title="Examples from Linux Mint"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:33" title="How to restart Cinnamon"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:35" title="How to restart X"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:14" title="How to restart a responsive computer from the command line"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:38" title="How to shut down a responsive computer from the command line"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:46" title="How to restart an unresponsive computer"/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:05" title="How to force shut down an unresponsive computer"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:26" title="How to recover accidentally deleted files"/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:52" title="Using PhotoRec step-by-step"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:11" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #266 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp266</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #266 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #266 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:54 Happy New Year 05:18 Bill and the Grinch 06:29 Jared: Setting up a Linux printer 11:37 Michael: Which version of Mint? 17:25 Greg: TrueCrypt alternatives 24:14 Jesse: A VPN for Netrunner 28:37 Charles: Linux pre-installed 32:10 Ken: Making voice recordings 36:06 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 37:42 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="27540383" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp266/glp266.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp266/glp266.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 05 Jan 2015 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 37:42 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #266 · Listener Feedback </b></p> As always, we start a new year with your feedback. The Grinch escapes Bill's grasp, Jared helps with printing, Michael asks about Mint versions, Greg wants encryption, Charles gets a new computer and Ken makes a recording. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 266 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #266 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br><br> 00:54 Happy New Year<br> 05:18 Bill and the Grinch<br> 06:29 Jared: Setting up a Linux printer<br> 11:37 Michael: Which version of Mint?<br> 17:25 Greg: TrueCrypt alternatives<br> 24:14 Jesse: A VPN for Netrunner<br> 28:37 Charles: Linux pre-installed<br> 32:10 Ken: Making voice recordings<br> 36:06 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 37:42 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #266 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:54" title="Happy New Year"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:18" title="Bill and the Grinch"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:29" title="Jared: Setting up a Linux printer"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:37" title="Michael: Which version of Mint?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:25" title="Greg: TrueCrypt alternatives"/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:14" title="Jesse: A VPN for Netrunner"/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:37" title="Charles: Linux pre-installed"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:10" title="Ken: Making voice recordings"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:06" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #265 · 2014 Year End Review </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp265</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #265 · 2014 Year End Review </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #265 · 2014 Year End Review 00:15 Introduction 05:49 Open Suse mini review 17:19 Google Drive options 27:03 2014 distro news 27:22 Linux Mint 35:14 Microsoft loves Linux 35:42 Top 5 on Distrowatch 36:35 Mageia 37:54 Devuan 41:32 RedHat gets buddy-buddy with CentOS 45:26 Netflix on Linux 48:19 Shout out to other podcasts 53:20 Sonar GNU/Linux 56:28 Farewell Computer America 60:33 The future of Going Linux 61:59 Was 2014 the year of the Linux desktop? 65:27 Predictions for 2015 69:04 Application pick 71:39 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 72:46 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="52788152" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp265/glp265.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp265/glp265.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 20 Dec 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 72:46 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #265 · 2014 Year End Review </b></p> In this, our year end show, we review a few Linux distributions, look at the top of the list on Distrowatch, and comment on some of the significant Linux-related happenings throughout the year. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 265 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #265 · 2014 Year End Review <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 05:49 Open Suse mini review<br> 17:19 Google Drive options<br> 27:03 2014 distro news<br> 27:22 Linux Mint<br> 35:14 Microsoft loves Linux<br> 35:42 Top 5 on Distrowatch<br> 36:35 Mageia<br> 37:54 Devuan<br> 41:32 RedHat gets buddy-buddy with CentOS<br> 45:26 Netflix on Linux<br> 48:19 Shout out to other podcasts<br> 53:20 Sonar GNU/Linux<br> 56:28 Farewell Computer America<br> 60:33 The future of Going Linux<br> 61:59 Was 2014 the year of the Linux desktop?<br> 65:27 Predictions for 2015<br> 69:04 Application pick<br> 71:39 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 72:46 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #265 · 2014 Year End Review "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:49 Open Suse mini review"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:19" title="Google Drive options"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:03" title="2014 distro news"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:22" title="Linux Mint"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:14" title="Microsoft loves Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:42" title="Top 5 on Distrowatch"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:35" title="Mageia"/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:54" title="Devuan"/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:32" title="RedHat gets buddy-buddy with CentOS"/>
 <psc:chapter start="45:26" title="Netflix on Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="48:19" title="Shout out to other podcasts"/>
 <psc:chapter start="53:20" title="Sonar GNU/Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="56:28" title="Farewell Computer America"/>
 <psc:chapter start="60:33" title="The future of Going Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="61:59" title="Was 2014 the year of the Linux desktop?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="65:27" title="Predictions for 2015"/>
 <psc:chapter start="71:39" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #264 · Computer America #80 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp264</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #264 · Computer America #80 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #264 · Computer America #80 00:15 Introduction 01:12 Craig, Ben and Larry are joined by Marcel Gagne 02:32 Introducing: Marcel Gagne 05:11 Topic: Applications for Linux That I Use Every Day - And They’re Not Just For Linux! 06:17 Chrome browser 15:09 LastPass 18:29 Gmail 26:53 Cloud File Sync Services 29:21 Google Calendar 29:54 Audacity 31:47 LibreOffice 34:31 Charles Tendell calls in 37:51 Maker 39:00 BlueGriffon 40:04 Gimp 42:55 Inkscape 44:11 Filezilla 44:53 HP ePrint 48:17 Synergy 50:10 Marcel's Christmas message 57:51 VNC 58:37 Skype 59:00 Google Hangouts 59:13 Lightworks 59:43 VLC 60:03 ... and the rest 63:04 Living n the cloud 65:42 Michael: Backups question 68:33 Jonathan: About Charles 70:30 Michael: Getting Orca to read webpages better 74:06 Jim: Leaving computers on all the time 82:04 Sleep mode vs. Hibernation 86:19 David: Leaving computers on all the time? Really? 87:58 John: Point Linux 89:41 Just another Linux distribution 92:03 Jim: Alternative search engine 95:56 Does Larry need a Kickstarter campaign? 97:06 Brandon: Thanks us for Sonar 01:38 Pass the spaghetti 98:55 What? Me, prepare? 100:07 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 102:36 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="74268327" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp264/glp264.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp264/glp264.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 19 Dec 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 102:36 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #264 · Computer America #80 </b></p> Topic: Applications for Linux That I Use Every Day - And They’re Not Just For Linux! Some of the best Linux software is cross-platform. That means it runs on Windows, OSX and sometimes the ChromeOS, Android and iOS, too. This show contains over 20 applications that I use on a regular basis to manage my personal, podcasting and professional life. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 264 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #264 · Computer America #80 <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:12 Craig, Ben and Larry are joined by Marcel Gagne<br> 02:32 Introducing: Marcel Gagne<br> 05:11 Topic: Applications for Linux That I Use Every Day - And They’re Not Just For Linux!<br> 06:17 Chrome browser<br> 15:09 LastPass<br> 18:29 Gmail<br> 26:53 Cloud File Sync Services<br> 29:21 Google Calendar<br> 29:54 Audacity<br> 31:47 LibreOffice<br> 34:31 Charles Tendell calls in<br> 37:51 Maker<br> 39:00 BlueGriffon<br> 40:04 Gimp<br> 42:55 Inkscape<br> 44:11 Filezilla<br> 44:53 HP ePrint<br> 48:17 Synergy<br> 50:10 Marcel's Christmas message<br> 57:51 VNC<br> 58:37 Skype<br> 59:00 Google Hangouts<br> 59:13 Lightworks<br> 59:43 VLC<br> 60:03 ... and the rest<br> 63:04 Living n the cloud<br> 65:42 Michael: Backups question<br> 68:33 Jonathan: About Charles<br> 70:30 Michael: Getting Orca to read webpages better<br> 74:06 Jim: Leaving computers on all the time<br> 82:04 Sleep mode vs. Hibernation<br> 86:19 David: Leaving computers on all the time? Really?<br> 87:58 John: Point Linux<br> 89:41 Just another Linux distribution<br> 92:03 Jim: Alternative search engine<br> 95:56 Does Larry need a Kickstarter campaign?<br> 97:06 Brandon: Thanks us for Sonar<br> 98:14 Pass the spaghetti<br> 98:55 What? Me, prepare?<br> 100:07 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 102:36 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #264 · Computer America #80 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:12" title="Craig, Ben and Larry are joined by Marcel Gagne"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:32" title="Introducing: Marcel Gagne"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:11" title="Topic: Applications for Linux That I Use Every Day - And They’re Not Just For Linux!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:17" title="Chrome browser"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:09" title="LastPass"/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:29" title="Gmail"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:53" title="Cloud File Sync Services"/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:21" title="Google Calendar"/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:54" title="Audacity"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:47" title="LibreOffice"/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:31" title="Charles Tendell calls in"/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:51" title="Maker"/>
 <psc:chapter start="39:00" title="BlueGriffon"/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:04" title="Gimp"/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:55" title="Inkscape"/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:11" title="Filezilla"/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:53" title="HP ePrint"/>
 <psc:chapter start="48:17" title="Synergy"/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:10" title="Marcel's Christmas message"/>
 <psc:chapter start="57:51" title="VNC"/>
 <psc:chapter start="58:37" title="Skype"/>
 <psc:chapter start="59:00" title="Google Hangouts"/>
 <psc:chapter start="59:13" title="Lightworks"/>
 <psc:chapter start="59:43" title="VLC"/>
 <psc:chapter start="60:03" title="... and the rest"/>
 <psc:chapter start="63:04" title="Living n the cloud"/>
 <psc:chapter start="65:42" title="Michael: Backups question"/>
 <psc:chapter start="68:33" title="Jonathan: About Charles"/>
 <psc:chapter start="70:30" title="Michael: Getting Orca to read webpages better"/>
 <psc:chapter start="74:06" title="Jim: Leaving computers on all the time"/>
 <psc:chapter start="82:04" title="Sleep mode vs. Hibernation"/>
 <psc:chapter start="86:19" title="David: Leaving computers on all the time? Really?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="87:58" title="John: Point Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="89:41" title="Just another Linux distribution"/>
 <psc:chapter start="92:03" title="Jim: Alternative search engine"/>
 <psc:chapter start="95:56" title="Does Larry need a Kickstarter campaign?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="97:06" title="Brandon: Thanks us for Sonar"/>
 <psc:chapter start="98:14" title="Pass the spaghetti"/>
 <psc:chapter start="98:55" title="What? Me, prepare?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="100:07" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #263 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp263</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #263 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #263 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 03:12 Richard: An old dead topic 04:18 Chard: Disk cleaning 08:32 Jim: An update and some questions 20:38 Brandon: Up and running with Sonar 23:33 Steve: Gone Linux 26:38 Conky Manager 30:21 In-place upgrades 34:42 MATE Desktop 37:05 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 38:13 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="27912471" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp263/glp263.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp263/glp263.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 05 Dec 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 38:13 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #263 · Listener Feedback </b></p> We have old topics, new topics, questions, "Gone Linux" stories and application picks. This month, we have it all! </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 263 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #263 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 03:12 Richard: An old dead topic<br> 04:18 Chard: Disk cleaning<br> 08:32 Jim: An update and some questions<br> 20:38 Brandon: Up and running with Sonar<br> 23:33 Steve: Gone Linux<br> 26:38 Conky Manager<br> 30:21 In-place upgrades<br> 34:42 MATE Desktop<br> 37:05 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 38:13 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #263 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:12" title="Richard: An old dead topic"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:18" title="Chard: Disk cleaning"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:32" title="Jim: An update and some questions"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:38" title="Brandon: Up and running with Sonar"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:33" title="Steve: Gone Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:38" title="Conky Manager"/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:21" title="In-place upgrades"/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:42" title="MATE Desktop"/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:05" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #262 · Computer America #79 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp262</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #262 · Computer America #79 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #262 · Computer America #79 00:15 Introduction 03:56 Announcement 06:33 Topic: The computer operating system doesn't matter anymore... so you should use Linux! 52:45 Frank: Feedback in five parts 61:51 Learning Python 64:21 Software recommendations 68:43 About the show 72:53 Thanks 75:02 Jack: Good work on 261, Bill 76:53 Charles: Does the Galago Pro stand up to everyday use 89:12 Ken: Linux pre-installed 92:40 Michael: Setting up Ubuntu and Orca 94:56 Jack: ssh and Internet connections 100:55 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 102:11 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="73968349" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp262/glp262.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp262/glp262.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 22 Nov 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 1:42:11 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #262 · Computer America #79 </b></p> Larry's second last appearance as the regular Linux correspondent on Computer America. Topic: The computer operating system doesn't matter anymore... so you should use Linux! Call me 'cheap' or just 'frugal' but I don't like spending money without a good reason. As long as you have an Internet connection and a browser, why do you need a specific computer? You don't need an expensive computer. Even a modest one with a good Internet connection can run cloud applications quickly -- because most, if not all, of the processing takes place on the Internet. </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 262 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #262 · Computer America #79 <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 03:56 Announcement<br> 06:33 Topic: The computer operating system doesn't matter anymore... so you should use Linux!<br> 52:45 Frank: Feedback in five parts<br> 61:51 Learning Python<br> 64:21 Software recommendations<br> 68:43 About the show<br> 72:53 Thanks<br> 75:02 Jack: Good work on 261, Bill<br> 76:53 Charles: Does the Galago Pro stand up to everyday use<br> 89:12 Ken: Linux pre-installed<br> 92:40 Michael: Setting up Ubuntu and Orca<br> 94:56 Jack: ssh and Internet connections<br> 100:55 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 102:11 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #262 · Computer America #79 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:56" title="Announcement"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:33" title="Topic: The computer operating system doesn't matter anymore... so you should use Linux!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="52:45" title="Frank: Feedback in five parts"/>
 <psc:chapter start="61:51" title="Learning Python"/>
 <psc:chapter start="64:21" title="Software recommendations"/>
 <psc:chapter start="68:43" title="About the show"/>
 <psc:chapter start="72:53" title="Thanks"/>
 <psc:chapter start="75:02" title="Jack: Good work on 261, Bill"/>
 <psc:chapter start="76:53" title="Charles: Does the Galago Pro stand up to everyday use"/>
 <psc:chapter start="89:12" title="Ken: Linux pre-installed"/>
 <psc:chapter start="92:40" title="Michael: Setting up Ubuntu and Orca"/>
 <psc:chapter start="94:56" title="Jack: ssh and Internet connections"/>
 <psc:chapter start="100:55" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #261 · Getting to Know KDE </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp261</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #261 · Getting to Know KDE </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #261 · Getting to Know KDE 00:15 Introduction 00:43 Bill does the episode production 03:55 Bill breaks the studio 04:36 What would you like to hear next? 06:23 Getting to know KDE 07:20 Background 07:38 KDE on Kubuntu 14.10 08:41 KDE on OpenSuSE 13.2 10:36 KDE on Fedora 20 12:12 KDE on PCLinuxOS 13:36 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 14:57 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="11160944" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp261/glp261.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp261/glp261.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 20 Nov 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 14:57 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #261 · Getting to Know KDE </b></p> Bill recorded, edited and produced the body of this episode about KDE. He reviews some distributions that feature KDE. He highlights the differences in how KDE is implemented in each of those distributions.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 261 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #261 · Getting to Know KDE<br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:43 Bill does the episode production<br> 03:55 Bill breaks the studio<br> 04:36 What would you like to hear next?<br> 06:23 Getting to know KDE<br> 07:20 Background<br> 07:38 KDE on Kubuntu 14.10<br> 08:41 KDE on OpenSuSE 13.2<br> 10:36 KDE on Fedora 20<br> 12:12 KDE on PCLinuxOS<br> 13:36 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 14:57 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #261 · Getting to Know KDE "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:43" title="Bill does the episode production"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:55" title="Bill breaks the studio"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:36" title="What would you like to hear next?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:23" title="Getting to know KDE"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:20" title="Background"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:38" title="KDE on Kubuntu 14.10"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:41" title="KDE on OpenSuSE 13.2"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:36" title="KDE on Fedora 20"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:12" title="KDE on PCLinuxOS"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:36" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #260 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp260</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #260 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #260 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:08 TWC under promises and over delivers. Twice! 11:10 Paul: A complaint 16:28 Vic: Tunesviewer 20:06 Mesh networks 23:36 Ryan: Gone Linux story and Auphonic 32:20 Matt: Kali has Orca now 34:48 Michael: Orca 'on' by default? 44:16 Ken: Buying Linux pre-installed 46:11 Steve: Gone Linux 51:08 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 52:03 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="37872334" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp260/glp260.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp260/glp260.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Wed, 05 Nov 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 52:03 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #260 · Listener Feedback </b></p> This month, Paul has a complaint, Ryan and Vic have recommendations and Matt and Michael comment on Orca. Check it out! Ryan has a podcast, too! And more...</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 260 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #260 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:08 TWC under promises and over delivers. Twice!<br> 11:10 Paul: A complaint<br> 16:28 Vic: Tunesviewer<br> 20:06 Mesh networks<br> 23:36 Ryan: Gone Linux story and Auphonic<br> 32:20 Matt: Kali has Orca now<br> 34:48 Michael: Orca 'on' by default?<br> 44:16 Ken: Buying Linux pre-installed<br> 46:11 Steve: Gone Linux<br> 51:08 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 52:03 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #260 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:08" title="TWC under promises and over delivers. Twice!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:10" title="Paul: A complaint"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:28" title="Vic: Tunesviewer"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:06" title="Mesh networks"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:36" title="Ryan: Gone Linux story and Auphonic"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:20" title="Matt: Kali has Orca now"/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:48" title="Michael: Orca 'on' by default?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:16" title="Ken: Buying Linux pre-installed"/>
 <psc:chapter start="46:11" title="Steve: Gone Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="51:08" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #259 · Assistive Technology-Advanced </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp259</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #259 · Assistive Technology-Advanced </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #259 · Assistive Technology-Advanced 00:15 Introduction 00:49 New podcast recording and editing machine 04:46 Assistive technology 06:50 Screen Magnification 08:19 On-screen keyboard 09:18 Head and eye-tracking software 11:18 Screen reader 15:03 Keyboard shortcuts 18:14 Usability of web browsers 22:10 Multi-language 23:20 Voice recognition in Sonar 24:30 The Sonar "Getting Started Guide" 25:29 How to help the project 27:43 Accessibility on other distributions 28:51 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 29:49 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="21864092" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp259/glp259.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp259/glp259.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 20 Oct 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 29:49 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #259 · Assistive Technology-Advanced </b></p> In today's episode, a more in-depth look at assistive technology for desktop computers. Assistive technology is designed to provide assistance to people with disabilities and impairments to help them improve or maintain the capabilities that their condition is preventing. Looking at the assistive technology in Sonar Linux as an example, we describe some of the assistive software that is available for almost any Linux distribution.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 259 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #259 · Assistive Technology-Advanced <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:49 New podcast recording and editing machine<br> 04:46 Assistive technology<br> 06:50 Screen Magnification<br> 08:19 On-screen keyboard<br> 09:18 Head and eye-tracking software<br> 11:18 Screen reader<br> 15:03 Keyboard shortcuts<br> 18:14 Usability of web browsers<br> 22:10 Multi-language<br> 23:20 Voice recognition in Sonar<br> 24:30 The Sonar "Getting Started Guide"<br> 25:29 How to help the project<br> 27:43 Accessibility on other distributions<br> 28:51 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 29:49 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #259 · Assistive Technology-Advanced "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:49" title="New podcast recording and editing machine"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:46" title="Assistive technology"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:50" title="Screen Magnification"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:19" title="On-screen keyboard"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:18" title="Head and eye-tracking software"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:18" title="Screen reader"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:03" title="Keyboard shortcuts"/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:14" title="Usability of web browsers"/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:10" title="Multi-language"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:20" title="Voice recognition in Sonar"/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:30" title="The Sonar 'Getting Started Guide'"/>
 <psc:chapter start="25:29" title="How to help the project"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:43" title="Accessibility on other distributions"/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:51" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #258 · Computer America #78 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp258</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #258 · Computer America #78 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #258 · Computer America #78 00:15 Introduction 03:19 Topic: Apple was right! The magic of hardware and operating system made for each other 23:21 What does the System76 driver do? 30:15 The reason Windows comes pre-installed 51:35 The reason OSX comes pre-installed 57:58 The reason to get a computer with Linux pre-installed 59:43 Why do we tinker with a computer? 70:33 Ken: Wait! You buy a new computer pre-installed with Linux, then replace the OS? 78:20 Joe: Backups? 87:38 Paul: Bill's mention of encryption 92:06 Ken: Netflix unlocked for Linux? 94:57 Rainy: Problems with AntennaPod 98.59 Rob: Nemo media columns extension problem 100:52 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 122:43 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="74352294" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp258/glp258.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp258/glp258.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 17 Oct 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 122:43 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #258 · Computer America #78 </b></p> Topic: Apple was right! The magic of hardware and operating system made for each other. Everything just works when a computer's hardware and software are designed to work together.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 258 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #258 · Computer America #78 <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 03:19 Topic: Apple was right! The magic of hardware and operating system made for each other<br> 23:21 What does the System76 driver do?<br> 30:15 The reason Windows comes pre-installed<br> 51:35 The reason OSX comes pre-installed<br> 57:58 The reason to get a computer with Linux pre-installed<br> 59:43 Why do we tinker with a computer?<br> 70:33 Ken: Wait! You buy a new computer pre-installed with Linux, then replace the OS?<br> 78:20 Joe: Backups?<br> 87:38 Paul: Bill's mention of encryption<br> 92:06 Ken: Netflix unlocked for Linux?<br> 94:57 Rainy: Problems with AntennaPod<br> 98.59 Rob: Nemo media columns extension problem<br> 100:52 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 122:43 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #258 · Computer America #78 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:19" title="Topic: Apple was right! The magic of hardware and operating system made for each other"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:21" title="What does the System76 driver do?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:15" title="The reason Windows comes pre-installed"/>
 <psc:chapter start="51:35" title="The reason OSX comes pre-installed"/>
 <psc:chapter start="57:58" title="The reason to get a computer with Linux pre-installed"/>
 <psc:chapter start="59:43" title="Why do we tinker with a computer?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="70:33" title="Ken: Wait! You buy a new computer pre-installed with Linux, then replace the OS?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="78:20" title="Joe: Backups?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="87:38" title="Paul: Bill's mention of encryption"/>
 <psc:chapter start="92:06" title="Ken: Netflix unlocked for Linux?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="94:57" title="Rainy: Problems with AntennaPod"/>
 <psc:chapter start="98.59" title="Rob: Nemo media columns extension problem"/>
 <psc:chapter start="100:52" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #257 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp257</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #257 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #257 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:02 Still running Sabayon 01:14 Paul: Shellshock 04:15 How to test 04:57 Are you vulnerable? 06:51 Free OSs beat Google and Apple to a patch 07:30 How will this affect you? 08:23 The real risk is you! 10:00 The bigger problem 11:19 Will virus protection help? 11:41 How does a shell script cause damage? 14:30 Paul: Pasting commands from forums 19:16 Rainy: Problem with AntennaPod 22:05 Angelo: More of screen readers 26:06 Michael: Speech synthesis and recognition 29:44 Shoji: Photo programs 32:48 Paul: So much to do after installing! 36:09 Paul: Linux firewalls 40:05 Stay secure -- stay updated. 40:59 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 41:57 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="30600115" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp257/glp257.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp257/glp257.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 05 Oct 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 41:57 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #257 · Listener Feedback </b></p> We've received a lot of email from our listeners around the latest trend in Linux: Security concerns! We discuss the Bash bug, pasting commands into a terminal, and how malicious shell scripts can cause damage. We also discuss speech synthesis and speech recognition, photo management and more.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 257 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #257 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:02 Still running Sabayon<br> 01:14 Paul: Shellshock<br> 04:15 How to test<br> 04:57 Are you vulnerable?<br> 06:51 Free OSs beat Google and Apple to a patch<br> 07:30 How will this affect you?<br> 08:23 The real risk is you!<br> 10:00 The bigger problem<br> 11:19 Will virus protection help?<br> 11:41 How does a shell script cause damage?<br> 14:30 Paul: Pasting commands from forums<br> 19:16 Rainy: Problem with AntennaPod<br> 22:05 Angelo: More of screen readers<br> 26:06 Michael: Speech synthesis and recognition<br> 29:44 Shoji: Photo programs<br> 32:48 Paul: So much to do after installing!<br> 36:09 Paul: Linux firewalls<br> 40:05 Stay secure -- stay updated.<br> 40:59 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 41:57 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #257 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:02" title="Still running Sabayon"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:14" title="Paul: Shellshock"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:15" title="How to test"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:57" title="Are you vulnerable?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:51" title="Free OSs beat Google and Apple to a patch"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:30" title="How will this affect you?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:23" title="The real risk is you!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:00" title="The bigger problem"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:19" title="Will virus protection help?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:41" title="How does a shell script cause damage?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:30" title="Paul: Pasting commands from forums"/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:16" title="Rainy: Problem with AntennaPod"/>
 <psc:chapter start="22:05" title="Angelo: More of screen readers"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:06" title="Michael: Speech synthesis and recognition"/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:44" title="Shoji: Photo programs"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:48" title="Paul: So much to do after installing!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:09" title="Paul: Linux firewalls"/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:05" title="Stay secure -- stay updated."/>
 <psc:chapter start="40:59" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #256 · Assistive Technology-Introduction
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp256</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #256 · Assistive Technology-Introduction
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #256 · Assistive Technology-Introduction 00:15 Introduction 00:45 Welcome back Bill! 05:06 Assistive Technology 06:02 What is assistive technology? 08:00 What is assistive technology for computers? 08:03 Screen Readers 14:57 Screen magnification 16:56 OpenDyslexic font 18:01 Head and eye tracking software 21:06 On-screen keyboards 21:45 Not just for the disabled 23:08 Why is assistive technology important for the disabled? 24:03 Jonathan Nadeau 26:13 Next time: Advanced 26:47 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 27:53 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="20471978" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp256/glp256.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp256/glp256.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sat, 20 Sep 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 27:53 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #256 · Assistive Technology-Introduction </b></p> In today's episode, an introduction to assistive technology for desktop computers. Assistive technology is known by several names: Accessible technology, adaptive technology, rehabilitative devices, accessible computing, assistive devices, and more. Whatever it's called, it's designed to provide assistance to people with disabilities and impairments to help them improve or maintain the capabilities that their condition is preventing.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 256 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #256 · Assistive Technology-Introduction <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:45 Welcome back Bill!<br> 05:06 Assistive Technology<br> 06:02 What is assistive technology?<br> 08:00 What is assistive technology for computers?<br> 08:03 Screen Readers<br> 14:57 Screen magnification<br> 16:56 OpenDyslexic font<br> 18:01 Head and eye tracking software<br> 21:06 On-screen keyboards<br> 21:45 Not just for the disabled<br> 23:08 Why is assistive technology important for the disabled?<br> 24:03 Jonathan Nadeau<br> 26:13 Next time: Advanced<br> 26:47 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 27:53 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #256 · Assistive Technology-Introduction "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:45" title="Welcome back Bill!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:06" title="Assistive Technology"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:02" title="What is assistive technology?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:00" title="What is assistive technology for computers?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:03" title="Screen Readers"/>
 <psc:chapter start="14:57" title="Screen magnification"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:56" title="OpenDyslexic font"/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:01" title="Head and eye tracking software"/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:06" title="On-screen keyboards"/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:45" title="Not just for the disabled"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:08" title="Why is assistive technology important for the disabled?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:03" title="Jonathan Nadeau"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:13" title="Next time: Advanced"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:47" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #255 · Computer America #77 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp254</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #254 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #255 · Computer America #77 00:15 Introduction 01:08 Hello and welcome 06:24 Topic: The state of Accessibility in Linux 08:30 Why does the box shuts when installing applications in Fedora? 10:43 Jaws on 5 systems 12:18 Definition: Accessibility 13:33 Is open source accessibility expensive, like Windows accessibility programs tend to be? 17:09 Why is Jaws so expensive? 19:43 Assistive technology 23:15 Why is assistive technology important? 26:22 Why make a complete operating system for people with disabilities? 29:28 Google and Apple have done great work in text to speech and speech to text 30:12 Interview with Spencer Hunley 32:02 Examples of open source assistive technology 32:38 Orca screen reader 36:39 Screen magnifier 37:48 On-screen keyboard 38:37 eViacam head and eye tracking 41:01 Dasher text entry interface 42:48 OpenDyslexic font 47:22 eViacam details 50:31 Jim: File sharing on a Windows network 59:00 David: Lubuntu question 66:22 Arch slay command issue 70:09 Mario: Wants Tahoma font 72:58 Steve: 16 hour upgrade from he11! 82:01 Will: Find the episode listing 84:11 Curbuntu: AutoKey issues 90:28 Joe: Are 64-bit drivers still a problem? 95:43 Curbuntu: A "going mac" question 99:48 David: Flash is no longer working 103:38 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 105:08 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="76092092" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp255/glp255.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp255/glp255.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 19 Sep 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 105:08 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #255 · Computer America #77 </b></p> Topic: The state of accessibility in Linux. "There are 1 billion people in the world with some type of disability. 360 million of these people are blind and have low vision. 90% of these people live in developing countries. How are they accessing technology you and I take for granted everyday? The problem is they're not. There is proprietary software for accessible technology but it is extremely expensive and out of reach of the people that need to use it in order to access a computer. Did you know that 80% of blind people in the United States are unemployed? That's why this is very important." </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 255 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #255 · Computer America #77 <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:08 Hello and welcome<br> 06:24 Topic: The state of Accessibility in Linux<br> 08:30 Why does the box shuts when installing applications in Fedora?<br> 10:43 Jaws on 5 systems<br> 12:18 Definition: Accessibility<br> 13:33 Is open source accessibility expensive, like Windows accessibility programs tend to be?<br> 17:09 Why is Jaws so expensive?<br> 19:43 Assistive technology<br> 23:15 Why is assistive technology important?<br> 26:22 Why make a complete operating system for people with disabilities?<br> 29:28 Google and Apple have done great work in text to speech and speech to text<br> 30:12 Interview with Spencer Hunley<br> 32:02 Examples of open source assistive technology<br> 32:38 Orca screen reader<br> 36:39 Screen magnifier<br> 37:48 On-screen keyboard<br> 38:37 eViacam head and eye tracking<br> 41:01 Dasher text entry interface<br> 42:48 OpenDyslexic font<br> 47:22 eViacam details<br> 50:31 Jim: File sharing on a Windows network<br> 59:00 David: Lubuntu question<br> 66:22 Arch slay command issue<br> 70:09 Mario: Wants Tahoma font<br> 72:58 Steve: 16 hour upgrade from he11!<br> 82:01 Will: Find the episode listing<br> 84:11 Curbuntu: AutoKey issues<br> 90:28 Joe: Are 64-bit drivers still a problem?<br> 95:43 Curbuntu: A "going mac" question<br> 99:48 David: Flash is no longer working<br> 103:38 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 105:08 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #255 · Computer America #77 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:08" title="Hello and welcome"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:24" title="Topic: The state of Accessibility in Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:30" title="Why does the box shuts when installing applications in Fedora?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:43" title="Jaws on 5 systems"/>
 <psc:chapter start="12:18" title="Definition: Accessibility"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:33" title="Is open source accessibility expensive, like Windows accessibility programs tend to be?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:09" title="Why is Jaws so expensive?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="19:43" title="Assistive technology"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:15" title="Why is assistive technology important?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="26:22" title="Why make a complete operating system for people with disabilities?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="29:28" title="Google and Apple have done great work in text to speech and speech to text"/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:12" title="Interview with Spencer Hunley"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:02" title="Examples of open source assistive technology"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:38" title="Orca screen reader"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:39" title="Screen magnifier"/>
 <psc:chapter start="37:48" title="On-screen keyboard"/>
 <psc:chapter start="38:37" title="eViacam head and eye tracking"/>
 <psc:chapter start="41:01" title="Dasher text entry interface"/>
 <psc:chapter start="42:48" title="OpenDyslexic font"/>
 <psc:chapter start="47:22" title="eViacam details"/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:31" title="Jim: File sharing on a Windows network"/>
 <psc:chapter start="59:00" title="David: Lubuntu question"/>
 <psc:chapter start="66:22" title="Arch slay command issue"/>
 <psc:chapter start="70:09" title="Mario: Wants Tahoma font"/>
 <psc:chapter start="72:58" title="Steve: 16 hour upgrade from he11!"/>
 <psc:chapter start="82:01" title="Will: Find the episode listing"/>
 <psc:chapter start="84:11" title="Curbuntu: AutoKey issues"/>
 <psc:chapter start="90:28" title="Joe: Are 64-bit drivers still a problem?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="95:43" title="Curbuntu: A 'going mac' question"/>
 <psc:chapter start="99:48" title="David: Flash is no longer working"/>
 <psc:chapter start="103:38" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #254 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp254</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #254 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #254 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 01:54 Stephan: iTunes under Linux 04:25 Paul: Past episodes on CD, karaoke, increasing cursor size 09:09 Feedback for our listeners 11:26 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 12:30 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="9396148" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp254/glp254.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp254/glp254.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Fri, 05 Sep 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 12:30 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #254 · Listener Feedback </b></p> We have both feedback from listeners an to listeners in this episode. Alternatives to iTunes for Linux, getting past episodes onto CD/DVD, karaoke software for Linux, and increasing the cursor size are the topics for this month.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 254 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #254 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:54 Stephan: iTunes under Linux<br> 04:25 Paul: Past episodes on CD, karaoke, increasing cursor size<br> 09:09 Feedback for our listeners<br> 11:26 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 12:30 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #254 · Listener Feedback "/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:54" title="Stephan: iTunes under Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:25" title="Paul: Past episodes on CD, karaoke, increasing cursor size"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:09" title="Feedback for our listeners"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:26" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #253 · Computer America #76 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp253</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #252 · Sonar Gnu/Linux </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #253 · Computer America #76 00:15 Introduction 02:50 IRC Chat Room 05:57 Topic: The most Googled questions about Linux 10:00 Why is Linux better? 16:09 Why is Linux more secure? 23:57 Why is Linux free? 28:43 News Tips Bulletin Review 31:36 Why is Linux better than Windows? 32:12 Why is Linux faster than Windows? 35:02 Can Linux read NTFS? 36:51 Can Linux run Windows games? 43:33 Can Linux read exFAT? 44:40 Can Linux get Viruses? 49:34 Does Minecraft work on Linux? 50:41 Does iTunes work on Linux? 52:59 Does Netflix work on Linux 53:45 Does Steam work on Linux 58:29 Will Linux overtake Windows? 61:06 Will Linux run on a Mac 64:41 Will Linux run on my computer? 65:33 Will Linux run Windows games? 66:29 Will: OSX tips 68:42 Will Linux make me better looking? 70:17 Richard: Upgrade issues 73:08 Del: Can I burn 64-bit on 32-bit? 77:53 Jonathan: Sonar GNU/Linux 73:57 Matt: Do you like Synergy? 76:06 News Tips Bulletin Review 79:27 Bill: Bootloader trouble 83:32 Andrew: Gone Linux story 87:17 Amy: Handling file formats in a Linux-only office 94:40 'Back in my day...' 111:09 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 114:26 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="82788112" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp253/glp253.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp253/glp253.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Sun, 24 Aug 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 114:26 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #253 · Computer America #76 </b></p> Topic: The most Googled Questions about Linux -- and some answers. We thought we'd try a few searches about our favorite operating system to reveal today's burning questions about Linux. Then we thought we’d answer them for you. We typed these four phrases into Google and waited for the suggestions to pop up.<br> why is linux<br> can linux<br> does linux<br> will linux<br> </b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 253 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #253 · Computer America #76 <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 02:50 IRC Chat Room<br> 05:57 Topic: The most Googled questions about Linux<br> 10:00 Why is Linux better?<br> 16:09 Why is Linux more secure?<br> 23:57 Why is Linux free?<br> 28:43 News Tips Bulletin Review<br> 31:36 Why is Linux better than Windows?<br> 32:12 Why is Linux faster than Windows?<br> 35:02 Can Linux read NTFS?<br> 36:51 Can Linux run Windows games?<br> 43:33 Can Linux read exFAT?<br> 44:40 Can Linux get Viruses?<br> 49:34 Does Minecraft work on Linux?<br> 50:41 Does iTunes work on Linux?<br> 52:59 Does Netflix work on Linux<br> 53:45 Does Steam work on Linux<br> 58:29 Will Linux overtake Windows?<br> 61:06 Will Linux run on a Mac<br> 64:41 Will Linux run on my computer?<br> 65:33 Will Linux run Windows games?<br> 66:29 Will: OSX tips<br> 68:42 Will Linux make me better looking?<br> 70:17 Richard: Upgrade issues<br> 73:08 Del: Can I burn 64-bit on 32-bit?<br> 77:53 Jonathan: Sonar GNU/Linux<br> 73:57 Matt: Do you like Synergy?<br> 76:06 News Tips Bulletin Review<br> 79:27 Bill: Bootloader trouble<br> 83:32 Andrew: Gone Linux story<br> 87:17 Amy: Handling file formats in a Linux-only office<br> 94:40 'Back in my day...'<br> 111:09 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 114:26 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #253 · Computer America #76 "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:50" title="IRC Chat Room"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:57" title="Topic: The most Googled questions about Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="10:00" title="Why is Linux better?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:09" title="Why is Linux more secure?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="23:57" title="Why is Linux free?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="28:43" title="News Tips Bulletin Review"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:36" title="Why is Linux better than Windows?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:12" title="Why is Linux faster than Windows?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="35:02" title=" Can Linux read NTFS?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="36:51" title="Can Linux run Windows games?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="43:33" title="Can Linux read exFAT?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="44:40" title="Can Linux get Viruses?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="49:34" title="Does Minecraft work on Linux?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="50:41" title="Does iTunes work on Linux?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="52:59" title="Does Netflix work on Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="53:45" title="Does Steam work on Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="58:29" title="Will Linux overtake Windows?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="61:06" title="Will Linux run on a Mac"/>
 <psc:chapter start="64:41" title="Will Linux run on my computer?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="65:33" title="Will Linux run Windows games?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="66:29" title="Will: OSX tips"/>
 <psc:chapter start="68:42" title="Will Linux make me better looking?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="70:17" title="Richard: Upgrade issues"/>
 <psc:chapter start="73:08" title="Del: Can I burn 64-bit on 32-bit?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="77:53" title="Jonathan: Sonar GNU/Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="73:57" title="Matt: Do you like Synergy?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="76:06" title="News Tips Bulletin Review"/>
 <psc:chapter start="79:27" title="Bill: Bootloader trouble"/>
 <psc:chapter start="83:32" title="Andrew: Gone Linux story"/>
 <psc:chapter start="87:17" title="Amy: Handling file formats in a Linux-only office"/>
 <psc:chapter start="94:40" title="'Back in my day...'"/>
 <psc:chapter start="111:09" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #252 · Sonar Gnu/Linux </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp252</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #252 · Sonar Gnu/Linux </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #252 · Sonar Gnu/Linux 00:15 Introduction 03:44 Release of Sonar 2014.1 04:43 What is Sonar? 05:13 Orca screen reader 05:55 Screen magnification 06:20 On-screen keyboard features 07:55 eViaCam eye-tracking 08:59 How do Manjaro and Arch Linux fit in? 11:27 Why the switch to Manjaro? 15:47 Sonar on the Manjaro forum 16:24 Full-time lead developer Kyle Brouhard 18:52 Jonathan's work with Easter Seals Boston 21:48 What is "Computers for Sonar?" 24:33 What about hardware with EUEFI/Secure Boot? 27:19 Donate a computer for Sonar 27:57 Gnome and MATE versions 30:28 Sonar Pi? 31:35 How to join and donate 32:28 Getting involved with Sonar 34:03 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 35:10 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="31974712" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp252/glp252.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp252/glp252.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 11 Aug 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 35:10 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #252 · Sonar Gnu/Linux </b></p> Jonathan Nadeau announces and discusses the release of Sonar 2014.1 on our podcast. Sonar has moved from being based off of Ubuntu to now being based off of Manjaro Linux and this is the first release using Manjaro as it's base. Toward the end of the interview, Jonathan mentions a new Sonar flavor. Raspberry!<br> <br> Now Sonar will always have the latest and greatest in assistive technology for it's users. Sonar uses Gnome as it's default desktop but we will be releaseing a Mate version in a few. weeks. Sonar has been working very close with the Mate team and they had done a lot of work to assure the accessibility of the Mate desktop. They hope to have a Mate release in a few weeks. Here are some of the features of Sonar 2014.1<br> <br> Gnome 3.12<br> Orca screen reader for blind users.<br> Screen magnification for low vision users<br> A font to use for people with dyslexia<br> On screen keyboards for people with low motor skills.<br> Eye/head tracking software to move the cursor on the screen with a webcam.<br> <br> This is the best release of Sonar yet.</b><br> <br> <p><u>Episode 252 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #252 · Sonar Gnu/Linux <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 03:44 Release of Sonar 2014.1<br> 04:43 What is Sonar?<br> 05:13 Orca screen reader<br> 05:55 Screen magnification<br> 06:20 On-screen keyboard features<br> 07:55 eViaCam eye-tracking<br> 08:59 How do Manjaro and Arch Linux fit in?<br> 11:27 Why the switch to Manjaro?<br> 15:47 Sonar on the Manjaro forum<br> 16:24 Full-time lead developer Kyle Brouhard<br> 18:52 Jonathan's work with Easter Seals Boston<br> 21:48 What is "Computers for Sonar?"<br> 24:33 What about hardware with EUEFI/Secure Boot?<br> 27:19 Donate a computer for Sonar<br> 27:57 Gnome and MATE versions<br> 30:28 Sonar Pi?<br> 31:35 How to join and donate<br> 32:28 Getting involved with Sonar<br> 34:03 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 35:10 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #252 · Sonar Gnu/Linux "/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="03:44 Release of Sonar 2014.1"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:43 What is Sonar?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:13 Orca screen reader"/>
 <psc:chapter start="05:55 Screen magnification"/>
 <psc:chapter start="06:20 On-screen keyboard features"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:55 eViaCam eye-tracking"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:59 How do Manjaro and Arch Linux fit in?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="11:27 Why the switch to Manjaro?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="15:47 Sonar on the Manjaro forum"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:24 Full-time lead developer Kyle Brouhard"/>
 <psc:chapter start="18:52 Jonathan's work with Easter Seals Boston"/>
 <psc:chapter start="21:48 What is 'Computers for Sonar?'"/>
 <psc:chapter start="24:33 What about hardware with EUEFI/Secure Boot?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:19 Donate a computer for Sonar"/>
 <psc:chapter start="27:57 Gnome and MATE versions"/>
 <psc:chapter start="30:28 Sonar Pi?"/>
 <psc:chapter start="31:35 How to join and donate"/>
 <psc:chapter start="32:28 Getting involved with Sonar"/>
 <psc:chapter start="34:03" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>Going Linux #251 · Listener Feedback </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp251</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Going Linux #251 · Listener Feedback </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #251 · Listener Feedback 00:15 Introduction 00:58 Solo 01:13 Richard: Upgrading issues 04:36 Rajesh: Software for making mirror backups 08:19 Gomez: (Re)installing packages from a list 13:39 Walter: Gone Linux 16:09 Greg: Linux in the Wild 17:18 Software Pick: yEd 20:04 Linux distro review 20:57 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 21:53 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="16152354" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp251/glp251.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp251/glp251.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Mon, 04 Aug 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 21:53 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #251 · Listener Feedback </b></p> We help our listeners with upgrade issues, backup suggestions, and installation issues. We also have both a "Gone Linux" story and a "Linux in the Wild" story. Our application pick, yEd, is for anyone who needs to make flow diagrams, process diagrams, network diagrams, etc. <br> <p><u>Episode 251 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #251 · Listener Feedback <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 00:58 Solo<br> 01:13 Richard: Upgrading issues<br> 04:36 Rajesh: Software for making mirror backups<br> 08:19 Gomez: (Re)installing packages from a list<br> 13:39 Walter: Gone Linux<br> 16:09 Greg: Linux in the Wild<br> 17:18 Software Pick: yEd<br> 20:04 Linux distro review<br> 20:57 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 21:53 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #250 · Introducing Open Source in Business"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:58" title="Solo"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:13" title="Richard: Upgrading issues"/>
 <psc:chapter start="04:36" title="Rajesh: Software for making mirror backups"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:19" title="Gomez: (Re)installing packages from a list"/>
 <psc:chapter start="13:39" title="Walter: Gone Linux"/>
 <psc:chapter start="16:09" title="Greg: Linux in the Wild"/>
 <psc:chapter start="17:18" title="Software Pick: yEd"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:04" title="Linux distro review"/>
 <psc:chapter start="20:57" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 <item>
 <title>
 Going Linux #250 · Introducing Open Source in Business
 </title>
 <link>http://goinglinux.com/shownotes.html#glp250</link>
 <author>[email protected] (Larry Bushey)</author>
 <itunes:author xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">Larry Bushey</itunes:author>
 <itunes:subtitle xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 Going Linux #250 · Introducing Open Source in Business
 </itunes:subtitle>
 <itunes:summary xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd">
 00:00 Going Linux #250 · Introducing Open Source in Business 00:15 Introduction 01:28 Making the argument 02:37 Delivering the right message 07:11 Convincing the right people 08:28 6 key advantages to use to make your case for open source 09:33 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe 10:41 End
 </itunes:summary>
 <itunes:image xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" href="http://goinglinux.com/images/GoingLinux1400.jpg"/>
 <enclosure length="8088058" url="http://www.archive.org/download/glp250/glp250.mp3" type="audio/mpeg"/>
 <guid>http://www.archive.org/download/glp250/glp250.mp3</guid>
 <pubDate>Thu, 24 Jul 2014 00:00:01 -0800</pubDate>
 <itunes:duration xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> 10:41 </itunes:duration>
 <itunes:keywords xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd"> technology,how,to,linux,education,training </itunes:keywords>
 <description>
 <![CDATA[
 <p><b>Going Linux #250 · Introducing Open Source in Business </b></p> In a previous episode, Troy provided us with his (and his company's) recommendations on which applications are best accepted by his Small Business customers switching to Linux. In fact, we wrote an article on the website detailing the list. Today, we thought we'd discuss some things to consider when attempting to get Linux and Open Source software adopted in your company. <br> <p><u>Episode 250 Time Stamps</u><br> 00:00 Going Linux #250 · Introducing Open Source in Business <br> 00:15 Introduction<br> 01:28 Making the argument<br> 02:37 Delivering the right message<br> 07:11 Convincing the right people<br> 08:28 6 key advantages to use to make your case for open source<br> 09:33 goinglinux.com, [email protected], +1-904-468-7889, @goinglinux, feedback, listen, subscribe<br> 10:41 End </p>
 ]]>
 </description>
 <!--  Simple Chapter Information  -->
 <psc:chapters xmlns:psc="http://podlove.org/simple-chapters" version="1.2">
 <psc:chapter start="00:00" title="Going Linux #250 · Introducing Open Source in Business"/>
 <psc:chapter start="00:15" title="Introduction"/>
 <psc:chapter start="01:28" title="Making the argument"/>
 <psc:chapter start="02:37" title="Delivering the right message"/>
 <psc:chapter start="07:11" title="Convincing the right people"/>
 <psc:chapter start="08:28" title="6 key advantages to use to make your case for open source"/>
 <psc:chapter start="09:33" title="Wrap-up"/>
 </psc:chapters>
 </item>
 </channel>
 </rss>